ACTEL CORP
10-K, 1997-03-31
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS
Previous: BANK HOLDING CO, 10KSB40, 1997-03-31
Next: SUGEN INC, 10-K, 1997-03-31




                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                     --------------------------------------

                                    FORM 10-K
(Mark One)

X    ANNUAL REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE
     ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 29, 1996

                                       OR

     TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13 OR  15(d)  OF THE  SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 0-21970

                     --------------------------------------

                                ACTEL CORPORATION
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

               California                                      77-0097724
    (State or other jurisdiction of                         (I.R.S. Employer
     incorporation or organization)                       Identification No.)

         955 East Arques Avenue
         Sunnyvale, California                                 94086-4533
(Address of principal executive offices)                       (Zip Code)
                        
                                 (408) 739-1010
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

                     --------------------------------------

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act:
                                      None

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                          Common Stock, $.001 par value
                                (Title of class)

                     --------------------------------------

     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  Registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
Registrant  was required to file such  reports) and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes X           No

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of Registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated  by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

     The aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates  of
the  Registrant,  based upon the  closing  price for shares of the  Registrant's
Common Stock on March 27, 1997, as reported by the National Market System of the
National  Association of Securities  Dealers  Automated  Quotation  System,  was
approximately  $281,810,000.  In calculating such aggregate market value, shares
of Common Stock owned of record or beneficially by all officers,  directors, and
persons  known to the  Registrant  to own more than five percent of any class of
the  Registrant's  voting  securities were excluded  because such persons may be
deemed to be affiliates.  The  Registrant  disclaims the existence of control or
any admission thereof for any other purpose.

     Number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding  as of March  30,  1997:
20,814,611.

                     --------------------------------------

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     The following documents are incorporated by reference in Parts II, III, and
IV of this  Annual  Report on Form 10-K:  (i)  portions of  Registrant's  annual
report to security holders for the fiscal year ended December 29, 1996 (Parts II
and IV),  and (ii)  portions  of  Registrant's  proxy  statement  for its annual
meeting of shareholders to be held on May 2, 1997 (Part III).

                                     PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

Overview

     Actel  designs,  develops,  and  markets  field  programmable  gate  arrays
("FPGAs") and associated  development system software and programming  hardware.
FPGAs  are  used  by  designers   of   communications,   computer,   industrial,
military/aerospace, and other electronic systems to differentiate their products
and get them to market  faster.  The  Company is the  leading  supplier of FPGAs
based on  antifuse  switching  elements,  which  are  smaller  than  alternative
switching  elements (such as static random access memories ("SRAMs") or erasable
programmable read only memories ("EPROMs")), permitting reduced circuit size and
cost and increased design efficiencies. Actel shipped its first products in 1988
and has sold more than 7,500 development  systems to customers,  including Allen
Bradley/Rockwell,   AST  Computer,   Alcatel,  Bay  Networks,   Cabletron,   DSC
Communications,  Hughes  Aircraft,  Lockheed-Martin,  Lucent  Technologies,  and
Siemens.  The Company has foundry  relationships  with  Chartered  Semiconductor
Manufacturing Pte Ltd ("Chartered Semiconductor") in Singapore,  Lockheed-Martin
Federal Systems Company ("Lockheed-Martin FSC") in the United States, Matsushita
Electronics   Company  and   Matsushita   Electrical   Industry   Company   Ltd.
(collectively,  "Matsushita") in Japan, Texas Instruments Incorporated ("TI") in
the  United  States,  and  Winbond  Electronics  Corp.  ("Winbond")  in  Taiwan,
permitting  Actel to focus its  resources on its core  strengths  of  designing,
developing, and marketing FPGAs.

     The Company's  FPGAs are based on two proprietary  technologies:  the Actel
antifuse  and a circuit  architecture  that  takes  advantage  of the  Company's
antifuse.  The principal  advantages of the antifuse over alternative  switching
elements are smaller size and lower electrical  resistance.  The smaller size of
the antifuse  generally  permits  Actel to make  programmable  circuits that are
smaller,  and hence less costly,  than  circuits of comparable  performance  and
capacity  made  under   comparable   design  rules  using   alternative   switch
technologies.   Similarly,   for  circuits  of  comparable   size  and  capacity
manufactured under comparable design rules, the antifuse  facilitates the design
of circuits with a greater number of switches,  which,  in combination  with the
lower electrical resistance of the antifuse, tends to enhance flexibility and/or
performance.   In  addition,   the  Company  believes  that  its  antifuse-based
architecture  is better suited for the high-level  tools  generally  employed to
design higher capacity devices than existing  architectures using other types of
switching  elements.  Actel  believes  that the  advantages  of its antifuse and
architecture  become more  pronounced  in higher  capacity  devices and that the
demand  for  higher  capacity   devices  will  increase  faster  than  that  for
programmable  devices  as a whole.  Accordingly,  the  Company is  focusing  its
attention  on the  transition  to higher  capacity  devices  and the  associated
high-level  design  methodologies.  Actel's strategy is to provide the best FPGA
solutions by giving logic designers the capability to move up to higher capacity
designs with confidence and be successful.

     The  Company's  product line  currently  consists of six families of FPGAs,
Designer  Series  Development  System and  CoreHDL  software,  Activator  Device
Programmers,  and a family of mask-programmed gate arrays ("MPGAs"). To meet the
diverse customer requirements in the broad FPGA market, each member of a product
family  generally  is  offered  in a variety  of speed  grades,  package  types,
reliability screenings, and ambient temperature tolerances.  Designers typically
use popular  third-party  software  for circuit  design and then  translate  the
design  into a  programmed  FPGA using  Actel's  proprietary,  highly  automated
software  (Designer Series  Development  System) and hardware  (Activator Device
Programmers).  Customers  with  high-volume  Actel  FPGA  designs  may choose to
convert to lower-cost MPGAs.

     In  1996,  Actel  introduced  its  CorePCI  models,  which  are  Peripheral
Component  Interface (PCI) compliant  blocks or "cores" that can be used to save
development  time by being "dropped  into" designs for ACT 3 PCI devices,  which
were also introduced in 1996. In addition, the Company announced agreements with
two core providers to offer  Actel-optimized  cores, the first six of which were
immediately  available.  In 1996, Actel also announced an alliance with Synopsys
Inc.  ("Synopsys")  to produce a new  category of logic  devices  called  system
programmable  gate  arrays  ("SPGAs"),  which will permit  designers  to combine
complex  system  elements  with  traditional  programmable  logic  to  implement
programmable  "systems-on-a-chip."  In addition,  the Company announced that its
first SPGA  offering  will be an "ES" product  family that permits  designers to
target system functional cores into Actel's new ES reprogrammable  architecture.
The Company  believes  the ES product  family will  eventually  include  devices
containing embedded mask-programmed  functional blocks for improved performance,
efficiency, and cost.

     Actel  markets its  products  through a worldwide,  multi-tiered  sales and
distribution  network.  The North American  network includes 11 sales management
offices, 21 manufacturers'  representative  firms, and three  distributors.  The
European  network  includes sales  management  offices in England,  France,  and
Germany, as well as 23 distributors and two manufacturers'  representatives.  In
Japan,  the Company  markets  its  products  through  three  distributors.  Nine
additional distributors serve the remaining international markets in which Actel
offers its products.

     The Company was  incorporated  in  California  in 1985.  Actel's  principal
facilities  and  executive  offices  are  located  at 955  East  Arques  Avenue,
Sunnyvale,  California  94086-4533,  and its telephone number at that address is
(408) 739-1010. The Company's World Wide Web address is http://www.actel.com. As
used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K,  "Actel" and the  "Company"  mean Actel
Corporation and its  consolidated  subsidiaries.  "Actel" and the Actel logo are
registered  trademarks  of the  Company.  This  Annual  Report on Form 10-K also
includes  unregistered  trademarks  of the Company and  trademarks  of companies
other than Actel.

Industry Background

     The three  principal  types of  integrated  circuits  used in most  digital
electronic   systems   are   microprocessor,   memory,   and   logic   circuits.
Microprocessors  are used for control and computing  tasks;  memory  devices are
used to store program instructions and data; and logic devices are used to adapt
these  processing  and storage  capabilities  to a specific  application.  Logic
circuits are found in virtually every electronic system.

     The logic design of competing  electronic systems is often a principal area
of  differentiation.  Unlike the  microprocessor  and memory markets,  which are
dominated  by a  relatively  few  standard  designs,  the logic market is highly
fragmented  and  includes,  among  many  other  segments,  low-density  standard
transistor-transistor  logic circuits ("TTLs") and  custom-designed  application
specific integrated  circuits  ("ASICs").  TTLs are standard logic circuits that
can be purchased "off the shelf" and  interconnected on a printed circuit board,
but they tend to limit  system  performance  and  increase  system size and cost
compared with logic functions  integrated at the circuit (rather than the board)
level. ASICs are customized circuits that offer electronic system  manufacturers
the  benefits  of  higher  levels  of  circuit   integration:   improved  system
performance, reduced system size, and lower system cost.

     ASICs include  conventional  gate arrays and  programmable  logic circuits.
Conventional  gate arrays are customized to perform desired logical functions at
the time the device is  manufactured.  Since they are "hard  wired" at the wafer
foundry,  conventional  gate arrays are  subject to the time and  expense  risks
associated   with  any  development   cycle  involving  a  foundry.   Typically,
conventional gate arrays are first delivered in production  volumes months after
the successful production of acceptable  prototypes.  In addition,  conventional
gate arrays cannot be modified after they are manufactured,  which subjects them
to the risk of inventory  obsolescence and constrains the system  manufacturer's
ability to change the logic design.  Programmable  logic circuits,  on the other
hand,  are  manufactured  as standard  devices and  customized "in the field" by
electronic system manufacturers using computer-aided  engineering ("CAE") design
and programming systems. Programmable logic circuits are being used by a growing
number of  electronic  system  manufacturers  as a solution to their  increasing
demands  for   differentiation,   rapid  time  to  market,   and   manufacturing
flexibility.  While  conventional  gate array designs are generally more complex
than  programmable  logic circuit designs,  the average capacity (or "gates" per
circuit) of both  conventional  gate arrays and programmable  logic circuits has
increased over time.  This indicates that long-term  growth in sales within each
market segment has increased faster for circuits with higher capacities.

     Programmable logic circuits include programmable logic devices ("PLDs") and
FPGAs. The market for complex PLDs ("CPLDs") and FPGAs has grown rapidly because
they  generally  offer  greater  capacity,  lower  total  cost,  and lower power
consumption  than TTLs and  simple  PLDs,  and  faster  time to market and lower
development  costs than  conventional  gate arrays.  For many electronic  system
manufacturers,  the  time-to-market  and  manufacturing-flexibility  benefits of
CPLDs and FPGAs  outweigh their price premium over  conventional  gate arrays of
comparable  capacity.  This is particularly  true with respect to communications
applications.

     Electronic system  manufacturers  customize  programmable logic circuits to
perform the desired  logical  functions by using CAE systems to change the state
of the device's programming elements (such as fuses,  antifuses, or transistors)
through the  application  of an  electrical  signal.  Most CPLDs  currently  are
programmed  with  EPROM  or  other  "floating  gate"  technologies.  Many  FPGAs
currently are programmed with SRAM technology.  The principal  limitation on the
wider use of CPLDs and FPGAs has been the difficulty in developing  devices with
price and performance  factors approaching those of conventional gate arrays. On
current architectures,  programming elements based on EPROM or SRAM technologies
occupy  relatively  large  amounts  of area  within a  circuit,  which  tends to
increase the overall size and, in turn,  the cost of each circuit.  In addition,
on current  architectures  the size of the EPROM and SRAM  programming  elements
tends to limit  the  number  of  interconnect  points in a  circuit,  which,  in
combination  with the relatively  high  electrical  resistance of EPROM and SRAM
programming elements, tends to limit performance.

     Before an FPGA can be  programmed  there  are  various  steps  that must be
accomplished  by a  designer  using CAE design  software.  These  steps  include
defining  the  function of the FPGA,  verifying  the design,  and laying out the
circuit.  Traditionally,  logic  functions  have been  defined  using  schematic
capture  tools,  which  essentially  permit the  designer to construct a circuit
diagram on the computer.  As FPGA designers have begun to design higher capacity
circuits, the time required to create schematic diagrams using schematic capture
tools  has  become   prohibitive.   To  address  this  problem,   designers  are
increasingly  turning to hardware description  languages ("HDLs),  also known as
high-level description ("HLD"). VHDL and Verilog are the most common HDLs, which
permit the designer to describe the circuit  functions at an abstract  level and
to verify the performance of logic functions at that level.  The HDL can then be
fed into logic synthesis  software that  automatically  converts the abstract or
high-level  description  to  a  gate-level  representation  equivalent  to  that
produced by schematic  capture tools.  After a gate-level  representation of the
logic  function has been created and  verified,  it must be  translated or "laid
out" onto the generic logic modules of the FPGA. This is achieved by placing the
logic gates and routing their interconnections,  a process referred to as "place
and route." As designers have begun to design higher capacity circuits, the need
for  automatic  (instead  of  manual)  place and  route  capability  has  become
increasingly important.  This transition to the use of HDLs presents a challenge
to the  designer  to learn new design  methods and to use new design  tools.  In
addition,  not all  programmable  logic circuit  architectures  are equally well
suited for use with logic synthesis and place and route tools.

Technology

     Actel's FPGAs are based on two proprietary technologies: the Actel antifuse
and a circuit  architecture that takes advantage of the Company's antifuse.  The
antifuse  is a  two-terminal  switch that is open before  being  programmed.  In
contrast to a  conventional  fuse, the  application of sufficient  voltage to an
antifuse causes the switch to close permanently, allowing current to pass. Actel
is the leading supplier of FPGAs based on antifuses.

     Antifuse

         Actel  believes  that it was  first to  achieve  volume  production  of
antifuse-based  FPGAs.  The  patented  antifuse  structure  used by Actel in its
current  product  families  consists of a "sandwich" of silicon  oxide,  silicon
nitride,  and silicon oxide  ("ONO").  This  structure is similar to that of ONO
capacitors  employed in the volume  manufacture  of many dynamic  random  access
memory (DRAM)  circuits.  The Company believes that the benefits of the antifuse
include the following:

          Small Size

          Antifuses are smaller than  alternative  switching  elements  (such as
     SRAMs and EPROMs), so antifuse-based circuits tend to be smaller, and hence
     less  costly,   than  circuits  of  comparable   performance  and  capacity
     manufactured  under  comparable  design  rules with  alternative  switching
     elements. This is particularly true of higher capacity circuits. Similarly,
     for circuits of comparable size and capacity  manufactured under comparable
     design  rules,  the  antifuse  facilitates  the design of  circuits  with a
     greater  number of  switches,  which  tends to enhance  flexibility  and/or
     performance.

          Low Resistance

          Antifuses   typically   exhibit  lower   electrical   resistance  than
     alternative  switching elements.  Lower electrical resistance also tends to
     enhances circuit performance.

          High Reliability

          The  Company  has  performed  extensive  reliability  testing  on  its
     antifuses over many years with excellent  results.  The negligible  rate of
     individual  antifuse  failure  permits  antifuses to be used in substantial
     numbers  without  degrading  overall  circuit  reliability,  which  in turn
     permits the small size and low resistance  attributes of the antifuse to be
     fully exploited.

          Nonvolatility

          After an  antifuse-based  FPGA is  programmed,  it retains its circuit
     configuration permanently, even in the absence of electrical power. This is
     not true of SRAM-based FPGAs.  Although the  reprogrammability  of SRAM and
     EPROM  switches  is  desirable  in  some  applications,   nonvolatility  is
     necessary in certain military, aerospace, and communications applications.

     Circuit Architecture

     The Company  believes  that the  principal  advantages  of its  proprietary
circuit architecture include the following:

          Synthesisizability

          All of Actel's FPGAs are  "synthesis  friendly" by virtue of their use
     of many,  relatively  simple logic  building  blocks  (referred to as "fine
     granularity") made possible by the antifuse. The Company believes that this
     characteristic will become  increasingly  important to designers as circuit
     capacities increase.

          Few Programming Elements in Interconnect Path

          Actel's circuit  architecture  usually provides for the minimum number
     of antifuses in an  interconnect  path (two),  and never  permits more than
     four antifuses in any interconnect  path. In general,  the fewer the number
     of  switches  in an  interconnect  path,  the faster the  connection.  Many
     competing FPGAs include  interconnect paths with more than four programming
     elements,   which  increase   resistance   and  therefore   impede  circuit
     performance.

          Routability

          The plentiful number of antifuses and the patented  segmented  routing
     tracks of different  lengths in Actel's  products  provide numerous routing
     alternatives  and generally  facilitate  efficient  results with  automatic
     place  and  route  software,  even  when a high  percentage  of the  FPGA's
     potential  gate capacity is used.  Actel  believes that these features make
     its circuits easier to design with than most competing FPGAs.

          Flexibility and Utilization

          A  key  competitive   factor  in  the  programmable  logic  market  is
     utilization,  or the  extent  to  which  a  particular  design  can use the
     potential  number  of  gates  available  on the  circuit.  In the  case  of
     SRAM-based FPGAs and EPROM-based CPLDs,  utilization can vary substantially
     from design to design,  so that a "8,000-gate"  circuit may in practice use
     only a fraction of that number. By contrast,  Actel's circuit  architecture
     permits its products to have a more predictable capacity over a broad range
     of applications. This permits Actel's customers to select with a relatively
     high degree of confidence the product that is most economical for a desired
     application.   Actel's  circuit   architecture  also  provides  significant
     flexibility  in  utilizing  the  logic  capacity  of the  circuit  to boost
     performance.

     The Company  believes that the advantages of its antifuse and  architecture
described above generally increase as circuit capacity  increases,  and that the
greatest growth in the  programmable  logic market will occur in higher capacity
devices.  Accordingly,  Actel is focusing  its  attention on the  transition  to
higher capacity  devices and associated  high-level  design  methodologies.  The
Company's  strategy  is to  provide  the best FPGA  solutions  by  giving  logic
designers the capability to move up to higher  capacity  designs with confidence
and be successful.

Products

     Actel's product line currently consists of six families of FPGAs,  Designer
Series Development System and Core HDL software,  Activator Device  Programmers,
and a family of MPGAs.  In 1996, the first member of the RadHard FPGA family was
shipped for revenue and an important software update was released.

     FPGAs

     Currently,  all six of the Company's  FPGA families are in  production.  To
meet the diverse customer  requirements in the broad high-capacity  programmable
logic market,  each member of a family (except  RadHard) is offered in a variety
of speed grades, package types, reliability screenings,  and ambient temperature
tolerances.  The five members of the ACT 1 and ACT 2 families,  for example, can
be  ordered  in  more  than  100  speed,  packaging,  screening,  and  tolerance
variations.

          ACT 1

          The ACT 1 family consists of two products: the 1,200-gate A1010, which
     was first shipped for revenue in 1988; and the 2,000-gate A1020,  which was
     first shipped for revenue in 1989. The A1020 is capable of integrating  the
     equivalent  of 60 TTLs into a single  package.  This family of circuits was
     introduced  at 2.0 micron and currently is  manufactured  under 1.0 and 0.9
     micron  design rules.  The Company  offers  3.3-volt  versions of its ACT 1
     products.

          ACT 2

          The ACT 2 family consists of three products:  the 4,000-gate A1240 and
     the 8,000-gate A1280, which were first shipped for revenue in 1991; and the
     2,500-gate A1225, which was first shipped for revenue in 1992. The A1280 is
     capable of integrating  the  equivalent of 240 TTLs into a single  package.
     This family of  circuits  was  introduced  at 1.2 micron and  currently  is
     manufactured under 1.0 micron design rules.

          ACT 3

          The ACT 3 family consists of five products:  the 2,500-gate  A1425 and
     the 6,000-gate A1460, which were first shipped for revenue in 1993; and the
     1,500-gate A1415, the 4,000-gate A1440, and the 10,000-gate  A14100,  which
     were first  shipped for revenue in 1994.  The ACT 3 family was designed for
     applications  requiring  high speed and a high number of inputs and outputs
     ("I/Os").  The five members of the ACT 3 family can be ordered in more than
     70 speed,  packaging,  screening,  and  tolerance  variations.  The Company
     offers 3.3-volt and, beginning in 1996, PCI-compliant versions of its ACT 3
     products.  The ACT 3 family was  introduced  at 0.8 micron and currently is
     manufactured under 0.6 micron design rules.

          1200XL

          The  1200XL  family,  which was first  shipped  for  revenue  in 1995,
     consists  of three  members  ranging  from 2,500 to 8,000 gates that can be
     ordered  in  more  than  50  speed,  packaging,  screening,  and  tolerance
     variations.  Taking advantage of 0.6 micron design rules and redesigned I/O
     modules and clock  distribution  networks,  1200XL  products  offer  system
     performance significantly in excess of that offered by pin-compatible ACT 2
     devices,  which the 1200XL family will eventually  replace.  In 1996, Actel
     began offering the 8,000-gate  A1280XL in a 208-pin  plastic quad flat pack
     ("PQFP") and the 4,000-gate A1240XL in a 100-pin PQFP.  Designers using the
     new  packages  will be able to migrate to higher  density  devices  without
     changing packages.

          3200DX

          The 3200DX family currently consists of the 6,500-gate A3265DX,  which
     was first shipped for revenue in 1995; and the 14,000-gate A32140DX and the
     20,000-gate  A32200DX,  which were first  shipped for revenue in 1996.  The
     3200DX  family,  which may range up to 40,000 gates,  permits  designers to
     integrate the  register-intensive  datapath functions of FPGAs, the control
     and decode modules  commonly  implemented in CPLDs,  and the fast dual-port
     SRAM typically used for  high-speed  buffering.  Supported by the Company's
     extensive  selection  of  automated  design  tools,  the  3200DX  family is
     optimized  for  synthesis  design   methodologies   to  yield   predictable
     performance for system logic integration. To further assist designers, most
     members of the family offer JTAG boundary scan logic, which permits testing
     of the  design  during  manufacture.  In 1996,  Actel  began  offering  the
     A32140DX  in a  176-pin  thin quad flat pack  (TQ176),  which  will  enable
     designers to easily migrate from smaller TQ176  devices.  The 3200DX family
     is based on 0.6 micron design rules.

          RadHard

          The RadHard family currently consists of the 8,000-gate RH1280,  which
     was first  shipped  for revenue in 1996 and ramped  more  quickly  than any
     other product in the Company's history.  Actel and  Lockheed-Martin FSC are
     jointly  developing the RadHard family to meet the demands of  applications
     requiring   guaranteed  levels  of  performance  and  radiation   immunity,
     including the growing  commercial  satellite market.  The RadHard family is
     based on 0.8 micron design rules.

     Software

     A key element of the  Company's  strategy is to support  users'  electronic
design  automation  ("EDA")  tools of choice  by  establishing  and  maintaining
relationships  with  leading  synthesis  software  vendors  for the  purpose  of
permitting  such  tools  to be used as a  "front  end"  to  Actel's  proprietary
Designer  Series  Development  System.  Rather than  developing  this capability
alone, the Company has established the Actel Industry Alliance, which Actel uses
to  establish  relationships  with EDA  vendors  for the  purpose of  developing
interfaces  between such  vendors' EDA tools and Actel's  proprietary  software.
Under the Alliance  program,  Actel provides  members with,  among other things,
access to its  proprietary  software  specifications,  early  access to software
revisions,  verification services, and participation in joint marketing efforts.
The Alliance currently has more than 20 members, including all major EDA vendors
supporting HLD for both VHDL and Verilog. The Company provides comprehensive HDL
solutions for the EDA  environments of Cadence Design Systems,  Mentor Graphics,
Synopsys, and Viewlogic.

          Designer Series Development System

          In 1996, the Company began to offer, and distributed as a free upgrade
     to Actel  customers  who  subscribe to the Company's  support  program,  an
     important  software release,  Designer Series 3.1, which supports all Actel
     FPGA families.  Designer Series 3.1 includes  improvements  to ACTmap,  the
     VHDL synthesis and  optimization  tool shipped with all versions of Actel's
     Designer Series  Development  System,  and ACTgen,  an automatic VHDL macro
     builder. In Designer Series 3.1, ACTmap handles the industry-standard array
     of VHDL constructs.  ACTgen  enhancements  include multipliers for improved
     generation  of digital  signal  processing  ("DSP")  functions and enhanced
     synthesis of the SRAM and control and decode blocks  available in the newer
     members of the 3200DX family, including the A32200DX. By combining ACTmap's
     VHDL  behavioral   language  features  with  ACTgen's  reusable  functional
     modules,  Designer Series 3.1 permits  designers to more quickly and easily
     design and verify complex,  high-capacity  designs for applications such as
     networking and telecommunications.

          CoreHDL Intellectual Property

          As  integrated  circuits  move to ever higher  levels of capacity  and
     integration, the use of intellectual property ("IP"), in the form of cores,
     becomes more  important.  In offering  CoreHDL IP, the Company is targeting
     high-density  FPGA  designers who are  interested  in combining  customized
     logic   with   predefined   functions   optimized   for  high   performance
     applications.   By  using  predefined  cores,  designers  save  engineering
     resources for the  value-added  portions of their designs while  shortening
     the design cycle. In addition,  the portable nature of cores enables design
     reuse across multiple product versions.

          Actel's  CoreHDL IP  portfolio  currently  consists of CorePCI,  three
     telecommunications  cores,  and three  industrial  cores, all of which were
     introduced in 1996, and a Universal Serial Bus (USB) Interface. The Company
     offers seven CorePCI models, which were developed internally,  in both VHDL
     and Verilog-HDL.  The remaining cores were developed by Inicore AG, a Swiss
     IP provider. The  telecommunications  cores include an ISDN G704-EI Framer,
     an Asynchronous  Transfer Mode (ATM) UTOPIA receiver interface,  and an ATM
     UTOPIA  transmitter  interface.  The cores  targeted to industrial  control
     applications are a Universal  Asynchronous  Receiver/Transmitter  (UART), a
     Controller  Area  Network  (CAN)  Interface,   and  a  Serial  Control  Bus
     Interface.

     Activator Device Programmers

     The Company's  Activator  Device  Programmers  are used to program  Actel's
FPGAs.  The  Activator  accepts data from  Designer  Series  Development  System
software,  converts the data to the proper protocol, and applies the appropriate
electrical signals to the device so as to permanently imprint the user's circuit
design on the device.  There are  currently two  Activator  Device  Programmers,
Activator  2  and  Activator   2S,  both  of  which  execute  all   programming,
verification, and debugging functions.  Customized programming adapters for each
device type permit  different  packages to be programmed by switching  adapters.
Activator 2 programs up to four FPGAs at a time;  Activator 2S programs one at a
time.

     Actel also supports  programmers  manufactured by third parties,  including
Data  I/O,  the  leading  supplier  of  third-party  programmers.  In  1996,  BP
Microsystems  Inc.  became  the first  vendor to  successfully  receive  support
certification for all of the Company's FPGAs.

     MPGAs

     The Company offers a family of MPGAs,  which provides  high-volume users of
Actel FPGA designs with a fast, convenient,  low-cost alternative to traditional
gate array conversions.

Market and Applications

     FPGAs  can be used in a broad  range  of  applications  across  nearly  all
electronic  system market  segments.  Most customers use the Company's  FPGAs in
low- to  medium-volumes  in the final  production form of their  products.  Some
high-volume  electronic system  manufacturers use Actel's FPGAs as a prototyping
vehicle and convert  production to lower-cost  conventional  gate arrays,  while
others with  time-to-market  constraints  use the Company's FPGAs in the initial
production and then convert to conventional  gate arrays. As product life cycles
continue  to shorten,  some  high-volume  electronic  system  manufacturers  are
electing to retain FPGAs in volume production because conversion to conventional
gate arrays may not yield sufficiently  attractive savings before the electronic
system reaches the end of its life.

     Communications

     The high capacity,  high  performance,  and low power  consumption of FPGAs
make them well suited for use in communications equipment.  Increasingly complex
equipment  must  frequently be designed to fit in the space occupied by previous
product  generations.  The rapidly changing  communications  environment rewards
short development times and early market entry.

     Representative Actel customers in the communications market include:  3Com,
ADC Kentrox, Advanced Fibre Communications,  Alcatel, Ascend Communications, Bay
Networks, Cabletron, Cascade, Cisco Systems, Chipcom, DSC Communications, Hughes
Network Systems, Lucent Technologies, Motorola, and Nortel.

     Computer Systems and Peripherals

     The computer systems markets are intensely  competitive,  placing a premium
on early market entry for new  products.  FPGAs  decrease the time to market and
facilitate early completion of production models so that development of hardware
and software can occur in parallel.

     Representative   Actel  customers  in  the  computer  market  include:  AST
Computer,  Hewlett-Packard,  IBM, Olivetti,  Sky Computer,  and Tandem Computer.
Industrial Control Equipment

     Industrial Control Equipment

     Industrial control and  instrumentation  applications often require complex
electronic functions tailored to specific needs. FPGAs offer programmability and
high  capacity,  making  them  attractive  to  this  segment  of the  electronic
equipment market.

     Representative  Actel  customers in the industrial  market  include:  Allen
Bradley/Rockwell,  Eastman Kodak, General Electric, Hewlett-Packard,  Marquette,
and Siemens.

     Military and Aerospace

     Rigorous quality and reliability standards,  stringent volume requirements,
and the need  for  design  security  are  characteristics  of the  military  and
aerospace  market.  The  Company's  FPGAs have high  quality,  reliability,  and
capacity, and are virtually impossible to reverse engineer, making them suitable
for many military and aerospace applications.  Actel's FPGAs are especially well
suited  for  space  applications,  due to the high  radiation  tolerance  of the
Company's antifuse,  and for many aircraft and missile flight applications,  due
to the high density and performance of Actel's FPGAs.

     Representative  Actel  customers in the military  market  include:  Alliant
Technology,   Boeing,  E-Systems,   Harris,  Honeywell,   Hughes  Aircraft,  Jet
Propulsion  Labs  (JPL),  Lockheed-Martin,  Loral,  National  Aeronautics  Space
Administration (NASA),  Northrup,  Olin Corporation,  Raytheon, SCI Systems, TI,
and TRW.

Sales and Distribution

     The Company maintains a worldwide,  multi-tiered  selling organization that
includes a direct sales force, independent manufacturers'  representatives,  and
electronics distributors.

     Actel's   domestic  sales  force   currently   consists  of  48  sales  and
administrative personnel and field application engineers ("FAEs") operating from
11 sales offices  located in major  metropolitan  areas.  Direct sales personnel
call on target  accounts and support  direct  original  equipment  manufacturers
("OEMs").  Besides  overseeing  the  activities of direct sales  personnel,  the
Company's  sales  managers  also  oversee the  activities  of 21  manufacturers'
representative  firms that operate from  approximately 43 office locations.  The
manufacturers'  representatives  concentrate  on  selling  to  major  industrial
companies  in  North  America.  To  service  smaller,  geographically  dispersed
accounts   in   North   America,   Actel   has   distributor   agreements   with
Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. ("Pioneer"), Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Zeus
Electronics  (collectively,  "Arrow"), and Wyle Laboratories ("Wyle"). Arrow has
approximately 50 branch offices in North America;  Pioneer and Wyle have a total
of approximately 60 branch locations in North America.

     The  Company   generates  a  significant   portion  of  its  revenues  from
international  sales. Sales to customers outside the United States accounted for
approximately  33%,  38%,  and 32% of net  revenues  in 1996,  1995,  and  1994,
respectively.  Actel's  European  sales  organization  currently  consists of 23
distributors  (including  Arrow,  which has 10  subsidiary  companies in Europe)
having approximately 52 branch offices. The activities of these distributors are
supervised  from  sales  management  offices  in  Basingstoke  (England),  Paris
(France),  and  Munich  (Germany),  where a total  of 17  people  are  employed.
Matsushita,  which is a foundry and  strategic  partner of the Company,  markets
Actel's  products in Japan under the Company's  brand name.  The Company has two
additional distributors in Japan, including Innotech Corporation. Actel also has
distributors in Australia,  China,  Egypt,  Hong Kong, India,  Korea,  Malaysia,
Singapore,  South  Africa,  and  Taiwan.  In 1996,  the  Company  added  Dae Jin
Semiconductor Company as a new distributor. Dae Jin is a dominant distributor in
Korea's telecommunications market.

     After the  Company's  sales  representatives  and  distributors  evaluate a
customer's  logic design  requirements  and determine if there is an application
suitable for Actel's FPGAs,  the next step typically is a visit to the qualified
customer  by a  regional  sales  manager  or the FAE  from  the  Company  or its
distributor.  The  sales  manager  or FAE may  then  determine  that  additional
analysis is required by engineers based at Actel's  headquarters.  The Company's
sales cycle for the initial  sale of a design  system is  generally  lengthy and
requires the continued  participation  of  salespersons,  FAEs,  engineers,  and
management.

     In 1996, more than half of Actel's sales in the United States and virtually
all of  the  Company's  sales  outside  the  United  States  were  made  through
distributors. As is common in the semiconductor industry, Actel generally grants
price protection to distributors.  Under this policy, distributors are granted a
credit upon a price reduction for the difference between their original purchase
price for  products  in  inventory  and the  reduced  price.  From time to time,
distributors are also granted credit on an individual basis for Company-approved
price reductions on specific transactions to meet competition.  The Company also
generally  grants  distributors  limited  rights  to return  products.  To date,
product  returns  under this  policy  have not been  material.  Actel  maintains
reserves  against  which these  credits and returns are charged.  Because of its
price protection and return policies,  the Company  generally does not recognize
revenue on products  sold to  distributors  until the products are resold to end
customers.

Backlog

     At December 31, 1996,  Actel's  backlog was  approximately  $27.0  million,
compared  with  approximately  $34.4  million at December 31, 1995.  The Company
includes in its backlog all OEM orders scheduled for delivery over the next nine
months and all  distributor  orders  scheduled  for  delivery  over the next six
months.  Actel  produces  standard  products that may be shipped from  inventory
within a short time after receipt of an order. The Company's business,  and to a
large extent that of the entire  semiconductor  industry,  is  characterized  by
short-term order and shipment schedules,  rather than volume purchase contracts.
In  accordance  with  industry  practice,  Actel's  backlog may be  cancelled or
rescheduled by the customer on short notice without  significant  penalty.  As a
result,  the  Company's  backlog  may not be  indicative  of  actual  sales  and
therefore should not be used as a measure of future revenue.

Customer Service and Support

     Actel  believes that superior  customer  service and technical  support are
essential for success in the FPGA market.  The Company  facilitates  service and
support  through  service team meetings that address  particular  aspects of the
overall service  strategy and support.  The most  significant  areas of customer
service and technical support are regularly  measured.  Actel's customer service
organization  emphasizes  prompt,  accurate responses to questions about product
delivery and order status.

     The  Company's  FAEs provide  technical  support to customers in the United
States and Europe.  This  network of experts is  augmented  by FAEs  working for
Actel's sales representatives and distributors  throughout the world.  Customers
in any stage of design can also obtain  assistance from the Company's  technical
support hotline.  In addition,  Actel offers technical  seminars on its products
and comprehensive training classes on its software.

     The Company generally warrants its products against defects in material and
workmanship for one year. Actel also warrants that its automatic place and route
software will achieve gate  utilization  at not less than the rates  advertised.
The Company has not experienced significant warranty returns to date.

Manufacturing and Assembly

     Actel's current strategy is to utilize  third-party  manufacturers  for its
wafer  requirements,  which  permits the Company to allocate  its  resources  to
product  design,  development,  and marketing.  Wafers used in Actel's FPGAs are
manufactured by Chartered  Semiconductor in Singapore, by Lockheed-Martin FSC in
the United States,  by Matsushita in Japan,  by TI in the United States,  and by
Winbond in Taiwan. The Company historically purchased wafers from Matsushita and
TI.  Chartered  Semiconductor,  Lockheed-Martin  FSC,  and Winbond were added in
1994. Actel's FPGAs are currently manufactured by Chartered  Semiconductor using
0.6 micron design rules; by  Lockheed-Martin  FSC using 0.8 micron design rules;
by  Matsushita  using 0.8,  0.9, and 1.0 micron  design  rules;  by TI using 1.0
micron design rules; and by Winbond using 0.6 and 0.8 micron design rules.

     Wafers  purchased by the Company from its suppliers are assembled,  tested,
marked,  and  inspected by Actel and/or a  subcontractor  of the Company  before
shipment to customers.  Actel assembles most of its plastic commercial  products
in Hong Kong and Korea.  Ceramic package assembly,  which is generally  required
for military  applications,  currently is performed at one or more subcontractor
manufacturing facilities, some of which are in the United States.

Research and Development

     In 1996,  1995, and 1994,  the Company spent $23.9 million,  $20.6 million,
and $14.4 million,  respectively, on research and development, which represented
approximately  16%,  19%,  and  19%,  of net  revenues,  respectively,  for such
periods.  Actel's research and development  expenditures  are currently  divided
among circuit design,  software development,  and process technology activities.
In the areas of circuit design and process  technology,  the Company's  research
and development  activities  include  continuing  efforts to reduce the cost and
improve the performance of current products,  principally by reducing the design
rules under which such products are manufactured, and to develop new families of
FPGA  products  based on  existing or emerging  technologies.  Actel's  software
research and  development  activities are dedicated to providing  customers with
access to a wide variety of CAE tools and HDL cores in a complete and  automated
desktop  design   environment  on  popular  personal  computer  and  workstation
platforms,  with the objective of giving logic  designers the capability to move
up to higher complexity designs with confidence and be successful.

     The research and  development  projects that the Company  announced in 1996
are summarized below.

     ES Architecture and ES Reprogrammable SPGA Products

     On March 6,  1995,  Actel  and BTR,  Inc.  ("BTR")  entered  into a License
Agreement  pursuant to which BTR  licensed  its  proprietary  technology  to the
Company for  development  and use in FPGAs and  certain  multichip  modules.  As
partial consideration for the grant of the license, the Company is paying to BTR
non-refundable advance royalties.  Actel has also employed the principals of BTR
to assist the Company in its  development  and  implementation  of the  licensed
technology.

     The ES  architecture  combines a new,  fine-grained  cell  structure with a
routing-centric  architecture.  The expected result is logic cells that are more
readily synthesized and more efficient than current programmable  architectures.
The key to the architectural efficiencies is a technology Actel calls MutliDrive
active  routing.  Separate  transistors are used to implement logic and to drive
the  interconnects.  By separating  these  functions,  Actel  believes that more
transistors can be included per chip, which should translate to smaller die size
and more efficient and lower-cost designs. In addition, the interconnect drivers
are tailored to routing length,  which should provide high  performance even for
cross-chip routing. The ES architecture also makes greater use of hierarchy than
current  programmable  architectures.  A  constant,  maximum  routing  delay  is
associated  with each level of hierarchy,  which should  provide the device with
fanout independent  delays.  This means that,  regardless of the number of logic
elements  being driven,  the delay should always be constant,  making the chip's
performance predictable.

     The ES  architecture  is  switch-technology  independent,  so products  can
utilize SRAM,  antifuse,  flash,  or any other basic  programming  element.  The
Company   currently  intends  to  introduce  the  initial  ES  family  based  on
reprogrammable, three-layer metal SRAM technology manufactured using 0.35 micron
design  rules.  Actel  envisions  further  products  based on  antifuse or flash
technologies in the future.

     Embedded SPGA Products

     On June 1, 1996, Actel and the Silicon Architects Group of Synopsys entered
into a Technology  License and  Services  Agreement  pursuant to which  Synopsys
licensed its cell-based  array ("CBA")  architecture to Actel. The two companies
will jointly  adapt CBA  technology  specifically  to support  SPGAs and jointly
develop Synopsys' synthesis technology to support the new device class. Embedded
SPGAs  will  combine  the  performance,   efficiency,  and  cost  advantages  of
conventional gate arrays with the time-to-market  and flexibility  advantages of
the ES architecture by embedding mask-programmed elements within the device. The
programmable  portion of the  Embedded  SPGA will  provide all the  features and
functionality  of  the   Reprogrammable   SPGA  described  above.  The  embedded
mask-programmed portion of the device will be based on CBA technology,  which is
a gate  array  architecture  with  cell-based  efficiencies.  CBA  supports  the
implementation of multiple industry-standard or proprietary functions, including
DPS filters, datapaths,  memories, and preconfigured kits of specific functional
blocks.

     The Company  believes that the Embedded SPGA will enable two  fundamentally
different  business  models.  In  the  first,  the  Actel  Embedded  SPGA  is an
application-specific device available to multiple customers as an off-the-shelf,
field-programmable  technology  that is sold  and  supported  like an  FPGA.  An
application-specific  core (such as a PCI core, for example) is already embedded
in the device,  creating  significant  value for customers who desire such cores
but cannot or do not wish to design them from  scratch.  In the second  business
model,  the  Actel  Embedded  SPGA  is  a  customer-specific   device  in  which
proprietary  functions are embedded and  field-programmability  is available for
later design variations.  Under this scenario,  the device is sold and supported
like a conventional gate array, and the customer uses the  field-programmability
of the device to support varying industry  standards or to offer  differentiated
product derivatives.

Competition

     The FPGA  market  is  highly  competitive,  and the  Company  expects  that
competition will continue to increase as the market grows.  Actel's  competitors
include suppliers of TTLs and ASICs,  including  conventional gate arrays, PLDs,
and  FPGAs.  Of these,  the  Company  competes  principally  with  suppliers  of
conventional gate arrays, CPLDs, and FPGAs.

     The primary advantages of conventional gate arrays are high capacity,  high
speed, and low production cost in high volume.  Actel competes with conventional
gate array suppliers by offering lower design costs,  shorter design cycles, and
reduced inventory risks.  However,  some customers elect to design and prototype
with the  Company's  products  and then convert to  conventional  gate arrays to
achieve  lower  costs  for  volume  production.  For this  reason,  Actel  faces
competition  from  companies  that  specialize  in  converting  CPLDs and FPGAs,
including the Company's  products,  into conventional gate arrays.  Actel's MPGA
family offers designers a fast, convenient,  low-cost alternative to traditional
gate array conversions.

     The Company  also  competes  with  suppliers  of CPLDs.  Suppliers of these
devices  include Altera  Corporation  ("Altera"),  Advanced  Micro Devices,  and
Lattice   Semiconductor.   The  circuit  architecture  of  CPLDs  gives  them  a
performance advantage in certain lower capacity applications, but Actel believes
that its  products  are  better  suited  for higher  capacity  designs.  Altera,
however, has a larger installed base of development systems than the Company. In
addition,  CPLDs are reprogrammable,  which permits customers to reuse a circuit
multiple times during the design process  (unlike  antifuse-based  FPGAs,  which
permanently retain the programmed configuration). No assurance can be given that
Actel will be able to overcome these competitive disadvantages.

     The Company competes most directly with established FPGA suppliers, such as
Xilinx,  Inc.  ("Xilinx") and Lucent  Technologies  (which is a licensed  second
source  of  some  Xilinx  products).  While  Actel  believes  its  products  and
technology  are  superior  to those of  Xilinx  in many  applications  requiring
greater  speed,  lower cost,  or  nonvolatility,  Xilinx came to market with its
FPGAs approximately three years before the Company,  has a larger installed base
of development  systems,  and its  SRAM-based  products are  reprogrammable.  No
assurance  can be given that Actel will be able to  overcome  these  competitive
disadvantages.

     Several  companies  have  either  already  marketed  antifuse-based  FPGAs,
including QuickLogic Corporation ("QuickLogic"), or announced their intention to
do so. See "Legal." On March 31, 1995, the Company  completed its acquisition of
the antifuse FPGA business of TI, which was the only  second-source  supplier of
the Company's products.  Xilinx, which is a licensee of certain of the Company's
patents,  introduced  antifuse-based  FPGAs in 1995 and  terminated its antifuse
FPGA business in 1996. Cypress Semiconductor  Corporation,  which was a licensed
second  source of  QuickLogic,  sold its antifuse FPGA business to QuickLogic in
the first quarter of 1997.

     Actel expects  significant  additional  competition from major domestic and
international semiconductor suppliers, such as Motorola, which has announced its
intention to enter the FPGA market. All such companies are larger, offer broader
product lines, and have substantially greater financial and other resources than
the  Company,   including  the  capability  to  manufacture  their  own  wafers.
Additional  competition  could  adversely  affect  Actel's  business,  financial
condition, or results of operations.

     The Company may also face  competition  from  suppliers  of logic  products
based on new or  emerging  technologies.  For  example,  there are  other  known
techniques  for  manufacturing  antifuses  that offer  certain  advantages  over
Actel's current fuse. The Company seeks to monitor  developments in existing and
emerging  technologies.  No  assurance  can be given  that Actel will be able to
compete  successfully with suppliers  offering products based on new or emerging
technologies.

Patents and Licenses

     The  Company  currently  has 107 United  States  patents  and  applications
pending for an  additional  48 United  States  patents.  Actel has one  European
patent and has  applications  pending for an additional  40 patents  outside the
United States.  The Company's patents cover,  among other things,  Actel's basic
circuit  architecture,  antifuse structure,  and programming method. The Company
expects to continue filing patent  applications  when appropriate to protect its
proprietary  technologies.  Actel believes that patents, along with such factors
as innovation,  technological expertise, and experienced personnel,  will become
increasingly important.

     The  Company  attempts  to protect its  circuit  designs,  software,  trade
secrets,  and  other  proprietary   information  through  patent  and  copyright
protection,  agreements  with customers and suppliers,  proprietary  information
agreements  with  employees,  and other security  measures.  No assurance can be
given that the steps taken by Actel will be adequate to protect its  proprietary
rights.

     See  "Business  --  Research  and  Development"  for  summaries  of certain
licensing agreements to which the Company is a party.

Employees

     At the end of 1996, the Company had 356 full-time employees,  including 113
in marketing,  sales, and customer support; 122 in research and development;  94
in  operations;  and 27 in  administration  and finance.  None of the  Company's
employees  is  represented  by a labor  union  nor does  Actel  have  employment
agreements  with any of its employees.  The Company has not experienced any work
stoppages, and believes that its employee relations are satisfactory.

Risk Factors

     Shareholders  and  prospective   shareholders  of  Actel  should  carefully
consider,  along with the other  information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K,
the following risk factors:

     Fluctuations In Operating Results

     The Company's quarterly and annual operating results are subject to general
economic  conditions and a variety of risks specific to Actel or  characteristic
of the semiconductor  industry,  including  booking and shipment  uncertainties,
supply problems, and price erosion.

          Booking and Shipment Uncertainties

          Actel typically generates a large percentage of its quarterly revenues
     from orders  received  during the quarter and shipped in the final weeks of
     the quarter, making it difficult to accurately estimate quarterly revenues.
     The Company's  backlog  (which may be cancelled or deferred by customers on
     short notice  without  significant  penalty) at the  beginning of a quarter
     accounts for only a fraction of Actel's  revenues during the quarter.  This
     means that the Company  generates the rest of its  quarterly  revenues from
     orders  received  during the quarter and "turned"  for shipment  within the
     quarter,  and that any  shortfall in "turns"  orders will have an immediate
     and adverse impact on quarterly revenues. There are many factors that could
     cause a shortfall in "turns" orders, including but not limited to a decline
     in general  economic  conditions  or the  businesses  of end users,  excess
     inventory in the channel,  conversion to conventional (or non-programmable)
     grate  arrays,  or the loss of business to other  competitors  for price or
     other reasons.

          Historically,  Actel has shipped a disproportionately large percentage
     of its quarterly revenues in the final weeks of the quarter. Any failure by
     the  Company  to  effect  scheduled  shipments  by the end of the  quarter,
     therefore,  could have a  materially  adverse  effect on revenues  for such
     quarter.  Since Actel generally does not recognize revenue on the sale of a
     product to a distributor  until the  distributor  resells the product,  the
     Company's  quarterly  revenues  are  also  dependent  on,  and  subject  to
     fluctuations  in,  shipments  by  Actel's  distributors.  When  there  is a
     shortfall  in  revenues,  operating  results  are  likely  to be  adversely
     affected because most of the Company's expenses do not vary with revenues.

          Supply Problems

          In a  typical  semiconductor  manufacturing  process,  silicon  wafers
     produced by a foundry  are sorted and cut into  individual  die,  which are
     then assembled into  individual  packages and tested for  performance.  The
     manufacture,  assembly,  and  testing of  semiconductor  products is highly
     complex and subject to a wide variety of risks, including defects in masks,
     impurities in the materials  used,  contaminants  in the  environment,  and
     performance  failures by personnel and  equipment.  Semiconductor  products
     intended  for  military  and  aerospace   applications   are   particularly
     susceptible  to these  conditions,  any of which  could  have a  materially
     adverse  effect on Actel's  business,  financial  condition,  or results of
     operations.

          As is common in the semiconductor industry,  Actel's independent wafer
     suppliers from time to time  experience  lower than  anticipated  yields of
     usable die. For example,  the Company experienced a yield problem at one of
     its foundries in the fourth  quarter of 1993 that was severe enough to have
     a materially adverse effect on Actel's results of operations. To the extent
     yields of usable die  decrease,  the  average  cost to the  Company of each
     usable die increases,  which reduces gross margin. Wafer yields can decline
     without  warning  and may take  substantial  time to analyze  and  correct,
     particularly  for a company  such as Actel  that does not  operate  its own
     manufacturing facility, but instead utilizes independent  facilities,  most
     of which are offshore.  Yield problems may also increase the time to market
     for the Company's products and create inventory  shortages and dissatisfied
     customers. In addition,  Actel typically experiences difficulties or delays
     in achieving  satisfactory,  sustainable  yields on new processes or at new
     foundries.  Although the Company has been able eventually to overcome these
     difficulties in the past, no assurance can be given that it will be able to
     do so with  respect  to its  current  or future  new  processes  and/or new
     foundries.  No assurance can be given that the Company will not  experience
     wafer supply  problems in the future,  or that any such  problem  would not
     have a materially adverse effect on Actel's business,  financial condition,
     or results of operations.

          Price Erosion

          The  semiconductor  industry is characterized by intense  competition.
     Historically,   average  selling  prices  in  the  semiconductor   industry
     generally,  and for the  Company's  products in  particular,  have declined
     significantly over the life of each product.  While Actel expects to reduce
     the  average  selling  prices  of its  products  over  time as the  Company
     achieves  manufacturing  cost  reductions,  Actel is sometimes  required by
     competitive  pressures  to reduce the prices of its  products  more quickly
     than such  cost  reductions  can be  achieved.  In  addition,  the  Company
     sometimes  approves price reductions on specific sales to meet competition.
     If not offset by reductions in manufacturing costs or by a shift in the mix
     of products  sold toward  higher-margin  products,  declines in the average
     selling prices of Actel's products will reduce gross margins and could have
     a materially adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition,
     or results of operations.

     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

          Basis of Presentation

          The  consolidated  financial  statements  include the  accounts of the
     Company and its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  All significant  intercompany
     accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

          The Company's  fiscal year ends on the Sunday  closest to December 31.
     Fiscal 1996, 1995, and 1994 ended on December 29, 1996,  December 31, 1995,
     and January 1, 1995,  respectively.  For ease of presentation,  December 31
     has been  utilized  as the  fiscal  year-end,  and March 31,  June 30,  and
     September 30 have been utilized as the end of the first,  second, and third
     fiscal quarters,  respectively,  in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the
     portions  of  the  Company's   1996  Annual  Report  to  security   holders
     incorporated herein by reference.

          The  results of  operations  for fiscal 1996 or any other year are not
     necessarily  indicative  of results  that may be  expected  for any ensuing
     year.

          Use of Estimates

          The  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  in  conformity  with
     generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make
     estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial
     statements. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

          Inventories

          Inventories are stated at the lower of cost  (first-in,  first-out) or
     market (net realizable  value).  Given the volatility of the market for the
     Company's products,  the Company makes inventory provisions for potentially
     excess  and  obsolete  inventory  based on  backlog  and  forecast  demand.
     However,  such backlog demand is subject to revisions,  cancellations,  and
     rescheduling.  Actual demand will  inevitably  differ from such backlog and
     forecast  demand,  and such  differences  may be material to the  financial
     statements.  Excess  inventory  increases  handling  costs  and the risk of
     obsolescence,  is a  non-productive  use of capital  resources,  and delays
     realization  of the price and  performance  benefits  associated  with more
     advanced manufacturing processes.

     Dependence on Independent Wafer Manufacturers

     Actel does not  manufacture any of the wafers used in the production of its
FPGAs.  Currently,  such wafers are  manufactured by Chartered  Semiconductor in
Singapore,  Lockheed-Martin FSC in the United States, Matsushita in Japan, TI in
the United States,  and Winbond in Taiwan. The Company's reliance on independent
wafer  manufacturers  to  fabricate  its  wafers  involves   significant  risks,
including the risk of events limiting  production and reducing  yields,  such as
technical difficulties or damage to production facilities,  lack of control over
capacity  allocation  and delivery  schedules,  and  potential  lack of adequate
capacity.  These  risks  are  particularly  pronounced  with  respect  to wafers
intended for use in military and aerospace applications.

     Actel has from time to time experienced delays in obtaining wafers from its
foundries,  and there can be no assurance  that the Company will not  experience
similar or more severe  delays in the future.  In addition,  although  Actel has
supply  agreements  with  most of its wafer  manufacturers,  a  shortage  of raw
materials or production capacity could lead any of the Company's wafer suppliers
to allocate  available  capacity to customers  other than Actel,  or to internal
uses,  which  could  interrupt  the  Company's  capability  to meet its  product
delivery  obligations.  These risks are particularly  pronounced with respect to
wafers intended for use in military and aerospace applications. Any inability or
unwillingness  of Actel's  wafer  suppliers to provide  adequate  quantities  of
finished  wafers to satisfy the  Company's  needs in a timely manner would delay
production and product  shipments and could have a materially  adverse effect on
Actel's business, financial condition, or results of operations.

     If the Company's  current  independent wafer  manufacturers  were unable or
unwilling to manufacture Actel's products as required, the Company would have to
identify and qualify additional  foundries.  The qualification process typically
takes one year or longer.  No assurance can be given that any  additional  wafer
foundries would become available or be able to satisfy Actel's requirements on a
timely  basis  or that  qualification  would be  successful.  In  addition,  the
semiconductor   industry  has  from  time  to  time  experienced   shortages  of
manufacturing  capacity. To secure an adequate supply of wafers, the Company has
considered, and continues to consider, various possible transactions,  including
the  use of  substantial  nonrefundable  deposits  to  secure  commitments  from
foundries for specified levels of manufacturing  capacity over extended periods,
equity  investments (such as Actel's  investment in Chartered  Semiconductor) in
exchange for guaranteed  production,  and the formation of joint ventures to own
foundries. No assurance can be given as to the effect of any such transaction on
the Company's business, financial condition, or results of operations.

     Dependence on Customized Manufacturing Process

     Actel's FPGAs are  manufactured  using  customized  steps that are added to
otherwise standard  manufacturing  processes of its independent wafer suppliers.
There is  considerably  less  operating  history  for the  Company's  customized
process steps than for the  foundries'  standard  manufacturing  processes.  The
dependence of Actel on customized  processing steps means that, in contrast with
competitors  using  standard  manufacturing  processes,  the  Company  has  more
difficulty  establishing  relationships  with independent  wafer  manufacturers,
takes  longer to  qualify  a new wafer  manufacturer,  takes  longer to  achieve
satisfactory, sustainable wafer yields on new processes, may experience a higher
incidence of production yield problems,  must pay more for wafers, and generally
will not obtain early  access to the most  advanced  processes.  These risks are
particularly  pronounced with respect to wafers intended for use in military and
aerospace   applications.   Any  of  the  above  factors  could  be  a  material
disadvantage against the competing non-antifuse products of Actel's competitors,
which use standard  manufacturing  processes.  As a result of these factors, the
Company's  products  typically have been  fabricated  using processes one or two
generations behind the processes used on competing  products.  As a consequence,
Actel to date has not fully realized the price and  performance  benefits of its
antifuse  technology.  The Company is attempting to accelerate the rate at which
its  products  are  reduced to finer  geometries  and is working  with its wafer
suppliers to obtain earlier access to advanced  processes,  but no assurance can
be given that such efforts with be successful.

     Technological Change and Dependence on New Product Development

     The  market for  Actel's  products  is  characterized  by rapidly  changing
technology,  frequent new product  introductions,  and declining average selling
prices over product life cycles,  each of which makes the timely introduction of
new  products a critical  objective of the Company.  Actel's  future  success is
highly dependent upon the timely  completion and introduction of new products at
competitive price and performance  levels. In evaluating new product  decisions,
Actel must  anticipate well in advance both the future demand and the technology
that will be  available to supply such demand.  Failure to  anticipate  customer
demand,  delays  in  developing  new  products  with  anticipated  technological
advances,  and failure to coordinate  the design and  development of silicon and
associated  software  products  each could have a materially  adverse  effect on
Actel's business, financial condition, or results of operation.

     In  addition,   there  are  greater  technological  and  operational  risks
associated with new products.  The inability of the Company's wafer suppliers to
produce advanced products,  delays in commencing or maintaining volume shipments
of new products,  the discovery of product,  process,  software,  or programming
failures,  and any related product returns could each have a materially  adverse
effect on Actel's business, financial condition, or results of operation.

     Actel is currently  scheduled  to  introduce  new members of the 3200DX and
RadHard  families  in 1997.  In  addition,  a new  family of  FPGAs,  based on a
"metal-to-metal"  antifuse and a "sea of gates"  architecture,  is being brought
into  production and is currently  scheduled for  introduction  late in 1997. No
assurance can be given that the Company's design and introduction  schedules for
such products or the supporting  software will be met or that such products will
be  well-received  by  customers.  No assurance  can be given that any other new
products  will  gain  market   acceptance  or  that  the  Company  will  respond
effectively to new technological changes or new product announcements by others.
Any  failure of Actel to  successfully  define,  develop,  market,  manufacture,
assemble,  or test  competitive  new products  could have a  materially  adverse
effect on its business, financial condition, or results of operations.

     The Company must also continue to make significant  investments in research
and  development to develop new products and achieve market  acceptance for such
products.  Actel  currently  conducts  most  of  its  research  and  development
activities   at   facilities   operated  by   Matsushita   in  Japan  and  Extel
Semiconductor,  Inc. in the United States.  Although the Company has not to date
experienced  any  significant  difficulty  in  obtaining  access to its  current
facilities,  no  assurance  can be given that access will not be limited or that
such facilities will be adequate to meet Actel's needs in the future.

     Dependence on Independent Software Developers

     Actel  is  dependent   upon   independent   software   developers  for  the
development, maintenance, and support of certain elements of its Designer Series
Development  Systems software.  The Company's  reliance on independent  software
developers  involves  certain risks,  including lack of control over development
and delivery schedules and the availability of customer support.  Actel is aware
that certain of its  independent  developers are currently  experiencing  severe
financial difficulties. No assurance can be given that the Company's independent
developers will be able to complete  software  currently under  development,  or
provide  updates,  or  customer  support in a timely  manner,  which could delay
future  releases  and  disrupt  Actel's  ability  to  provide  customer  support
services.  Any significant  delays in the availability of the Company's software
would be detrimental to the capability of the Company's new families of products
to win  designs,  which  could  have a  materially  adverse  effect  on  Actel's
business, financial condition, or results of operations.

     Dependence on Design Wins

     In order for the Company to sell an FPGA to a customer,  the customer  must
incorporate  the FPGA into the  customer's  product in the design  phase.  Actel
therefore  devotes  substantial  resources,  which  it may not  recover  through
product sales, in support of potential customer design efforts (including, among
other things,  providing  development system software) and to persuade potential
customers to incorporate the Company's FPGAs into new or updated products. These
efforts  usually  precede  by many  months  (and  sometimes  a year or more) the
generation of volume FPGA sales, if any, by Actel.  The value of any design win,
moreover,  will depend in large part upon the ultimate success of the customer's
product.  No assurance can be given that the Company will win sufficient designs
or that any design win will result in significant revenues.

     Dependence on Military and Aerospace Customers

     Although  Actel is unable to determine  with certainty the ultimate uses of
its products,  the Company  estimates that sales of its products to customers in
the military and  aerospace  industries,  which  sometimes  carry higher  profit
margins  than  sales  of  products  to  commercial   customers,   accounted  for
approximately  10% to 15% of net  revenues  from 1992  through the first half of
1996. The Company believes that the military and aerospace  industries accounted
for a  significantly  greater  percentage  of the  Company's net revenues in the
second half of 1996,  following the introduction of the RH1280. No assurance can
be given that future sales to customers in the military and aerospace industries
will continue at current volume or margin  levels.  Orders from the military and
aerospace  customers tend to be large and irregular,  which creates  operational
challenges  and  contributes to  fluctuations  in Actel's net revenues and gross
margins.   These  sales  are  also  subject  to  more   extensive   governmental
regulations,  including  greater  import and export  restrictions.  In addition,
products for military and aerospace  applications require processing and testing
that is more lengthy and stringent than for commercial applications,  increasing
the risk of failure.  It is often not  possible to  determine  before the end of
processing  and testing  whether  products  intended  for  military or aerospace
applications  will fail and, if they do fail,  a  significant  period of time is
often  required  to  process  and  test  replacements,  each of  which  makes it
difficult to accurately  estimate quarterly revenues and could have a materially
adverse  effect  on  Actel's  business,   financial  condition,  or  results  of
operations.

     Semiconductor Industry Risks

     The semiconductor  industry has historically been cyclical and periodically
subject to significant economic downturns, which are characterized by diminished
product demand, accelerated price erosion, and overcapacity.  The Company may in
the future experience substantial period-to-period  fluctuations in business and
results of operations due to general semiconductor industry conditions,  overall
economic  conditions,  or other factors,  including  legislation and regulations
governing the import or export of semiconductor products.

     Dependence on International Operations

     Actel buys a majority of its wafers from foreign  foundries and has most of
its commercial  products assembled by subcontractors  located outside the United
States.  These  activities  are  subject to the  uncertainties  associated  with
international   business   operations,   including   trade  barriers  and  other
restrictions,  changes  in trade  policies,  foreign  governmental  regulations,
currency exchange  fluctuations,  reduced protection for intellectual  property,
war and other military activities,  terrorism,  changes in political or economic
conditions,  and other disruptions or delays in production or shipments,  any of
which  could  have  a  materially  adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business,
financial condition, or results of operations.

     Competition

     The semiconductor industry is intensely competitive and is characterized by
rapid rates of technological change,  product  obsolescence,  and price erosion.
Actel's  existing  competitors  include  suppliers of conventional  gate arrays,
CPLDs, and FPGAs. The Company's two principle competitors are Xilinx, a supplier
of FPGAs based on SRAM technology,  and Altera, a supplier principally of CPLDs.
In connection  with the settlement of patent  litigation in 1993,  Actel granted
Xilinx a license  under  certain  of  Actel's  patents  that  permits  Xilinx to
manufacture and market antifuse-based products. Xilinx announced in 1996 that it
had  discontinued its  antifuse-based  FPGA product line. The Company also faces
competition  from  companies  that  specialize  in converting  FPGAs,  including
Actel's  products,  into  conventional  gate arrays.  In  addition,  the Company
expects   significant   competition  in  the  future  from  major  domestic  and
international   semiconductor   suppliers,  and  Actel's  patents  may  not  bar
competitors  to which it has not  granted a  license  from  manufacturing  other
antifuse-based products. The Company may also face competition from suppliers of
logic products based on new or emerging technologies. Given the intensity of the
competition  and the research and  development  being done,  no assurance can be
given that Actel's antifuse and architecture technology will remain competitive.

     The Company believes that important  competitive  factors in its market are
price,  performance,  number of usable gates,  ease of use and  functionality of
development system software, installed base of development systems, adaptability
of products to specific  applications,  length of development  cycle  (including
reductions to finer micron design rules), number of I/Os, reliability,  adequate
wafer fabrication capacity and sources of raw materials,  protection of products
by effective  utilization of intellectual  property laws, and technical  service
and support.  Failure of Actel to compete  successfully in any of these or other
areas  could  have  a  materially  adverse  effect  on its  business,  financial
condition,  or results of operations.  In addition, all existing FPGAs and CPLDs
not based on antifuse technology are  reprogrammable,  a feature that makes them
more attractive to many designers. The Company also believes that, if there were
a  downturn  in the  market for CPLDs and  FPGAs,  companies  that have  broader
product lines and longer standing  customer  relationships  may be in a stronger
competitive  position than Actel.  Many of the  Company's  current and potential
competitors  offer  broader  product  lines  and  have   significantly   greater
financial, technical, manufacturing, and marketing resources than Actel.

     Patent Infringement

     As is typical  in the  semiconductor  industry,  the  Company  has been and
expects to be from time to time  notified  of claims  that it may be  infringing
patents  owned by others.  No  assurance  can be given that such claims  against
Actel will not result in  litigation.  In January  1994,  the Company  brought a
patent infringement  lawsuit against QuickLogic,  which in turn brought a patent
infringement  counterclaim against Actel in May 1995.  Management of the Company
believes that Actel has meritorious claims and defenses in this matter, and that
its  resolution  will not have a  materially  adverse  effect  on the  Company's
business, financial condition, or results of operations, but no assurance can be
given to that effect.  All  litigation,  whether or not  determined  in favor of
Actel,  can  result in  significant  expense to the  Company  and can divert the
efforts of Actel's technical and management personnel from productive tasks.

     Although  the Company has  obtained  patents  covering  aspects of its FPGA
architecture   logic  modules  and  certain  techniques  for  manufacturing  its
antifuse,  no assurance can be given that Actel's  patents will be determined to
be valid or that the claims of QuickLogic or any assertions of  infringement  or
invalidity by other parties (or claims for indemnity  from  customers  resulting
from any infringement claims) will not be successful. In the event of an adverse
ruling in the QuickLogic  case or any other  litigation  involving  intellectual
property,  the Company could suffer  significant  (and possibly treble) monetary
damages,  which  could have a  materially  adverse  effect on Actel's  business,
financial condition, and results of operations. The Company may also be required
to discontinue the use of infringing processes; cease the manufacture,  use, and
sale  of  infringing   products;   expend   significant   resources  to  develop
non-infringing   technology;  or  obtain  licenses  under  patents  that  it  is
infringing.   Although  patent  holders   commonly  offer  licenses  to  alleged
infringers,  no assurance can be given that licenses will be offered or that the
terms of any offered  licenses will be  acceptable  to Actel.  In the event of a
successful  claim against the Company,  Actel's  failure to develop or license a
substitute  technology on commercially  reasonable terms would have a materially
adverse effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition,  or results of
operations.

     Protection of Intellectual Property

     Actel has  historically  devoted  significant  resources  to  research  and
development  and  believes  that the  intellectual  property  derived  from such
research and  development is a valuable asset that has been and will continue to
be important to the success of the Company's business. Actel relies primarily on
a combination of nondisclosure  agreements,  other contractual  provisions,  and
patent and copyright  protection to protect its proprietary rights. No assurance
can be given that the steps taken by the Company will be adequate to protect its
proprietary  rights.  In  addition,  the laws of  certain  territories  in which
Actel's products are or may be developed,  manufactured, or sold, including Asia
and Europe,  may not protect the Company's  products and  intellectual  property
rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States.  Failure of Actel to
enforce its patents or  copyrights  or to protect its trade secrets could have a
materially adverse effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition,  or
results of operations.

     Reliance on Distributors

     In 1996, more than half of Actel's sales in the United States and virtually
all of  the  Company's  sales  outside  the  United  States  were  made  through
distributors. Three of Actel's distributors, Wyle, Arrow, and Pioneer, accounted
for approximately 14%, 14%, and 11%, respectively, of the Company's net revenues
in  1996.  No  assurance  can be  given  that  future  sales  by  these or other
distributors will continue at current levels or that the Company will be able to
retain its current distributors on terms that are acceptable to Actel.

     The Company's  distributors  generally offer products of several  different
companies,  including  products  that are  competitive  with  Actel's  products.
Accordingly, there is a risk that these distributors may give higher priority to
products of other  suppliers,  thus reducing their efforts to sell the Company's
products.  In addition,  Actel's  agreements with its distributors are generally
terminable at the  distributor's  option. A reduction in sales efforts by one or
more of the Company's current distributors or a termination of any distributor's
relationship with Actel could have a materially  adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition, or results of operations.

     Actel generally defers  recognition of revenue on shipments to distributors
until the product is resold by the  distributor  to the end user.  The Company's
distributors  have on occasion built  inventories in anticipation of substantial
growth in sales and,  when such growth did not occur as rapidly as  anticipated,
substantially  decreased the amount of product  ordered from Actel in subsequent
quarters.  Such a slowdown in orders would generally reduce the Company's profit
margins on future sales of higher cost products because Actel would be unable to
take  advantage  of any  manufacturing  cost  reductions  while the  distributor
depleted its inventory at lower average selling prices.  In addition,  while the
Company  believes  that  its  major   distributors   are  currently   adequately
capitalized,  no assurance can be given that one or more of Actel's distributors
will not experience  financial  difficulties.  The failure of one or more of the
Company's  distributors  to pay for  products  ordered from Actel or to continue
operations  because of financial  difficulties or for other reasons could have a
materially adverse effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition,  or
results of operations.

     Reliance on International Sales

     Sales  to  customers  located  outside  the  United  States  accounted  for
approximately  33%,  38%,  and 32%, of net revenues  for 1996,  1995,  and 1994,
respectively.  Actel expects that revenues derived from international sales will
continue to represent a significant portion of its total revenues. International
sales are subject to a variety of risks,  including  those arising from currency
restrictions,  tariffs, trade barriers,  taxes, and export license requirements.
All of the Company's foreign sales are denominated in U.S.  dollars,  so Actel's
products  become less price  competitive in countries with  currencies  that are
declining in value against the dollar.  In addition,  since virtually all of the
Company's foreign sales are made through distributors, such sales are subject to
the risks described above in "Reliance on Distributors."

     Dependence on Independent Assembly Subcontractors

     Actel  relies  primarily  on foreign  subcontractors  for the  assembly and
packaging  of its  products  and,  to a lesser  extent,  for the  testing of its
finished products.  The Company generally relies on one or two subcontractors to
provide particular  services and has from time to time experienced  difficulties
with the  timeliness and quality of product  deliveries.  Actel has no long-term
contracts  with its  subcontractors  and  certain  of those  subcontractors  are
currently  operating at or near full  capacity.  There can be no assurance  that
these  subcontractors will continue to be able and willing to meet the Company's
requirements  for such  components or services.  Any  significant  disruption in
supplies from, or degradation in the quality of components or services  supplied
by,  these  subcontractors  could  delay  shipments  and  result  in the loss of
customers or revenues or otherwise  have a materially  adverse effect on Actel's
business, financial condition, or results of operations.

     Dependence on Key Personnel

     The  success of the  Company is  dependent  in large part on the  continued
service  of its key  management,  engineering,  marketing,  sales,  and  support
employees.  Competition for qualified  personnel is intense in the semiconductor
industry, and the loss of Actel's current key employees, or the inability of the
Company to attract other qualified  personnel,  could have a materially  adverse
effect on Actel. The Company does not have employment agreements with any of its
key employees.

     Management of Growth

     Actel has recently experienced and expects to continue to experience growth
in the number of its  employees  and the scope of its  operations,  resulting in
increased  responsibilities  for  management  personnel.  To manage  recent  and
potential future growth effectively,  the Company will need to continue to hire,
train, motivate, and manage a growing number of employees. The future success of
Actel will also depend on its ability to attract and retain qualified technical,
marketing, and management personnel. In particular,  the current availability of
qualified design,  process, and test engineers is limited, and competition among
companies for skilled and experienced  engineering personnel is very strong. The
Company has been  attempting to hire a number of  engineering  personnel and has
experienced  delays in filling such positions.  During strong  business  cycles,
Actel  expects to  experience  continued  difficulty  in  filling  its needs for
qualified  engineers  and other  personnel.  No assurance  can be given that the
Company  will be able to  achieve or manage  effectively  any such  growth,  and
failure to do so could delay product  development and introductions or otherwise
have a materially adverse effect on Actel's business,  financial  condition,  or
results of operations.

     Volatility of Stock

     The price of the Company's Common Stock can fluctuate  substantially on the
basis  of  factors  such  as  announcements  of new  products  by  Actel  or its
competitors,  quarterly  fluctuations in the Company's  financial results or the
financial results of other semiconductor companies, or general conditions in the
semiconductor  industry or in the financial markets. In addition,  stock markets
have recently  experienced extreme price and volume volatility.  This volatility
has had a substantial  effect on the market prices of the  securities  issued by
high  technology  companies,  at times for reasons  unrelated  to the  operating
performance of the specific companies.

     "Blank Check" Preferred Stock; Change in Control Arrangements

     Actel's Articles of Incorporation authorize the issuance of up to 5,000,000
shares of "blank  check"  Preferred  Stock (of  which  4,000,000  shares  remain
available for issuance), with such designations,  rights, and preferences as may
be  determined  from time to time by the Board of  Directors.  Accordingly,  the
Board is empowered,  without  approval by holders of the Company's Common Stock,
to issue Preferred  Stock with dividend,  liquidation,  redemption,  conversion,
voting,  or other rights that could  adversely  affect the voting power or other
rights of the holders of the Common Stock. Issuance of the Preferred Stock could
be used as a method of discouraging, delaying, or preventing a change in control
of Actel. In addition,  such issuance could adversely affect the market price of
the Common Stock.  Although the Company does not  currently  intend to issue any
additional  shares of its Preferred Stock,  there can be no assurance that Actel
will not do so in the future.

     The  Company  has  adopted an Employee  Retention  Plan that  provides  for
payment of stock to Actel's  employees  who hold  unvested  stock options in the
event of a change of control of the  Company.  Payment  is  contingent  upon the
employee  remaining  with Actel for six months after the change of control.  The
Company has also entered into Management  Continuity Agreements with each of its
executive officers, which provide for the acceleration of unvested stock options
in the event an executive  officer's  employment  is actually or  constructively
terminated other than for cause following a change of control.

     Dividend Policy

     Actel has never  declared or paid any cash  dividends on its capital stock.
The Company currently intends to retain any earnings for use in its business and
does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the future.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

     The following table identifies each executive  officer of Actel as of March
12, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  Name                       Age                                Position
- -----------------------------------------   -----   -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>    <C>
John C. East.............................    52     President and Chief Executive Officer
David M. Sugishita.......................    49     Senior Vice President of Finance & Administration and Chief
                                                       Financial Officer
Esmat Z. Hamdy...........................    47     Senior Vice President of Technology & Operations
Jeffrey M. Schlageter....................    53     Senior Vice President of Engineering
Michelle A. Begun........................    40     Vice President of Human Resources
Douglas D. Goodyear......................    42     Vice President of Worldwide Sales
Dennis F. Nye............................    44     Vice President of Marketing
David L. Van De Hey......................    41     Vice President & General Counsel and Secretary
</TABLE>

     Mr. East has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company
since  December 1988.  From April 1979 until joining  Actel,  Mr. East served in
various  positions with Advanced Micro Devices,  a  semiconductor  manufacturer,
including Senior Vice President of Logic Products from November 1986 to November
1988.  From December  1976 to March 1979,  he served as  Operations  Manager for
Raytheon  Semiconductor.  From  September  1968 to December  1976,  he served in
various marketing, manufacturing, and engineering positions for Fairchild Camera
and Instrument Corporation, a semiconductor manufacturer.

     Mr.   Sugishita   has  served  as  Senior  Vice   President  of  Finance  &
Administration and Chief Financial Officer since August 1995. From April 1994 to
July 1995,  he was Senior Vice  President of Finance and  Administration,  Chief
Financial Officer, and Treasurer for Micro Component Technology, a semiconductor
automated test equipment company. From October 1991 to March 1994, Mr. Sugishita
was Vice President-Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer for Applied
Materials,   the  world's  largest  semiconductor  wafer  fabrication  equipment
company. From February 1982 to September 1991, he was Vice President of Finance,
Semiconductor Group, for National Semiconductor,  a semiconductor  manufacturing
company.

     Dr. Hamdy, a founder of the Company,  has been Vice President of Technology
of Actel since  August 1991 and was  promoted to Senior Vice  President in March
1997 and to Senior Vice President of Operations in September 1997. From November
1985 to July 1991, he held a number of management  positions  with the Company's
technology and development  group. From January 1981 to November 1985, Dr. Hamdy
held  various  positions at Intel  Corporation,  a  semiconductor  manufacturer,
lastly as project manager.

     Mr.  Schlageter  joined the Company in February  1989 as Vice  President of
Engineering and was promoted to Senior Vice President of Engineering in November
1992.  From July 1985 to January  1989,  he held  various  positions at Advanced
Micro Devices,  a semiconductor  manufacturer,  where he last served as Managing
Director of  Peripheral  Products.  From February 1981 to July 1985, he was Vice
President  of  Semicustom  Products  at  Mostek  Corporation,   a  semiconductor
manufacturer.

     Ms. Begun joined Actel in May 1989 as Director of Human Resources,  and has
been Vice President of Human  Resources  since August 1991. From May 1984 to May
1989,  she  held  various  human   resources   management   positions  at  Intel
Corporation,  a  semiconductor  manufacturer,  her  last  position  being  Human
Resources  Manager.  From  October  1977 to May  1984,  she held  various  human
resources management positions at Synertek,  Inc., a subsidiary of Honeywell,  a
semiconductor manufacturer.

     Mr.  Goodyear  joined the Company in  February  1997 as Vice  President  of
Worldwide Sales. From November 1991 until joining the Company, he served as Vice
President of Sales for the components division of Sharp Electronics Corporation,
a semiconductor  manufacturer.  From January 1987 to November 1991, Mr. Goodyear
held various sales  management  positions at Hitachi  America,  a  semiconductor
manufacturer,  lastly as Western Area Sales  Manager.  From June 1983 to January
1987, he held various sales and sales  management.  positions at Advanced  Micro
Devices, a semiconductor manufacturer.

     Mr. Nye has been Vice  President  of Marketing  since  January  1994.  From
October 1990 to December 1993, he served as European Business Manager with Actel
Europe Ltd.,  the  Company's  United  Kingdom  subsidiary.  From January 1990 to
October  1990,  Mr. Nye served as  Director  of Sales of Genrad  Corporation,  a
software  company.  From  November  1986 to January  1990, he served as European
Sales Manager of Viewlogic Corporation, a software company.

     Mr.  Van De Hey  joined  Actel in July 1993 as  Corporate  Counsel,  became
Secretary  in May 1994,  and has been Vice  President  & General  Counsel  since
August 1995.  From  November 1988 to September  1993,  he was an associate  with
Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, a law firm in Palo
Alto,  California,  and the Company's  outside legal  counsel.  From August 1985
until October 1988, he was an associate with the Cleveland office of Jones, Day,
Reavis & Pogue, a law firm. Mr. Van De Hey received his Juris Doctor degree from
the University of Pennsylvania in 1985.

     Executive officers serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES

     Actel's  principal  administrative,  marketing,  sales,  customer  support,
design,  research  and  development,  and  testing  facilities  are  located  in
Sunnyvale,  California,  in three buildings that comprise  approximately 138,000
square feet.  These  buildings are leased through June 1998, and the Company has
two renewal options for  consecutive  five-year  terms.  Actel also leases sales
offices in the metropolitan areas of Atlanta, Baltimore,  Basingstoke (England),
Boston,  Chicago,   Dallas,  Denver,  Destin  (Florida),   Los  Angeles,  Munich
(Germany),  Ottawa  (Canada),  and Paris  (France).  The  Company  believes  its
facilities will be adequate for its needs in 1997.

ITEM 3.   LEGAL

     Actel  commenced  a  patent   infringement   lawsuit   against   QuickLogic
Corporation  ("QuickLogic") in the United States District Court for the Northern
District of California on January 20, 1994.  The Complaint  asserted four claims
for  infringement of Actel patents nos.  4,758,745,  4,873,459,  5,055,718,  and
5,198,705 (the "'705 Patent"),  respectively,  each relating to FPGA technology.
The Complaint sought injunctive relief, treble damages in an unspecified amount,
and attorneys' fees.

     On February 10, 1994, QuickLogic filed an Answer and Counterclaim,  denying
infringement, asserting invalidity defenses, and seeking declaratory relief.

     On  November  15,  1994,   the  Company  moved  for  summary   judgment  of
infringement of its `705 Patent.  On October 4, 1996, after extensive  discovery
and  briefing,  the  Special  Master,  to whom all  pretrial  matters  have been
referred,  filed a recommendation with the Court that Actel's motion be granted.
QuickLogic  moved the  Court to  reject  the  Special  Master's  recommendation.
Hearings on that motion were held on January 27, 1997, and February 3, 1997. The
Court has not yet acted on that motion.

     On March 15, 1995, the Company filed an Amended and Supplemental  Complaint
against QuickLogic asserting, in addition to claims previously asserted, a claim
for  infringement  of Actel patent no.  5,367,208.  The  Company's  Supplemental
Complaint sought injunctive relief, treble damages in an unspecified amount, and
attorneys' fees.

     On April 14,  1995,  QuickLogic  filed an Answer and  Counterclaim  denying
infringement,  asserting invalidity  defenses,  and asserting two claims against
Actel  for  alleged  infringement  of  QuickLogic  patents  Nos.  5,220,213  and
5,396,127.  QuickLogic's  Counterclaim sought declaratory and injunctive relief,
and treble damages in an unspecified  amount. On May 25, 1995,  QuickLogic filed
an Amended Answer and Counterclaim, adding allegations of inequitable conduct.

     In response to  QuickLogic's  counterclaims,  on June 11, 1995, the Company
filed a Reply  and  Counterclaim,  denying  infringement,  asserting  invalidity
defenses,  naming John Birkner as an individual defendant,  and asserting causes
of action  for trade  secret  misappropriation,  breach of  contract,  breach of
confidential business relationship, and unfair competition. Actel's Counterclaim
sought declaratory and injunctive relief,  damages in an unspecified amount, and
an assignment to the Company of QuickLogic's two  patents-in-suit.  In response,
both QuickLogic and Birkner denied all allegations.

     On January 18,  1996,  Actel  filed a motion  seeking  summary  judgment of
invalidity of the two QuickLogic patents-in-suit.

     On February  5, 1996,  QuickLogic  filed a motion for  summary  judgment of
infringement of QuickLogic patent no. 5,520,213.

     On February 26, 1996, QuickLogic filed a motion to disqualify the Company's
counsel, the law firm of Lyon & Lyon, on the ground that a Lyon & Lyon attorney,
in previous employment with QuickLogic counsel, Skjerven,  Morrill,  MacPherson,
Franklin & Friel, had access to confidential QuickLogic information and attorney
work  product.   The  Special  Master  issued  a  recommendation   in  favor  of
QuickLogic's   motion,  and  on  May  29,  1996,  the  Court  entered  an  Order
disqualifying  Lyon & Lyon. On June 19, 1996,  O'Melveny & Myers was substituted
as counsel of record on behalf of Actel.

     On March 7, 1996, the Company filed a Second Supplemental Complaint, adding
a claim against QuickLogic for infringement of Actel patent no. 5,479,113.

     On November 25, 1996,  QuickLogic  moved for Summary Judgment of invalidity
with respect to Claim 1 of the `705 Patent.

     On February 14, 1997,  Actel filed a motion for separate trial of its claim
that QuickLogic's  patents are invalid because the invention  disclosed in those
patents  was being sold by the  Company  more than one year prior to the date on
which QuickLogic  first applied for patent rights.  No decision has been made on
that motion.

     On February 28, 1997,  QuickLogic filed a motion with the Special Master in
which it seeks  leave to amend its  counterclaims  in the action to assert  that
Actel integrated circuits infringe  newly-issued U.S. Patent No. 5,594,364.  The
Company will oppose that motion. If the opposition is successful, it is probable
that  QuickLogic will assert claims for  infringement  of Patent  5,594,364 in a
separate  action.  Actel  believes  that it has  substantial  defenses  to these
claims.

     In opposing  QuickLogic's motion to add new patent claims, the Company will
advise  the  Court  that it  intends  to  assert  additional  claims  of  patent
infringement  against  QuickLogic,  including claims on newly-issued U.S. Patent
No. 5,610,534.  Actel will state that it recommends that such claims be filed as
a separate action,  but that the Company should have the right to assert its own
new claims if QuickLogic is allowed to assert new claims.

     By order entered March 19, 1997, the Court reserved  September 8, 1997, for
trial of Actel's  "on-sale"  defense  should its  motion for  separate  trial be
granted. It has set September 8, 1998, for trial of all remaining issues.

     After  considering the facts currently  known,  management does not believe
that the  ultimate  outcome of the  litigation  will have a  materially  adverse
effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition,  or operating results,
although no assurance can be given to that effect.

     There are no other pending legal  proceedings of a material nature to which
Actel is a party or of which any of its  property is the  subject.  There are no
such  legal  proceedings  known  by  the  Company  to  be  contemplated  by  any
governmental authority.

ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     No matters were  submitted to a vote of security  holders during the fourth
quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.

                                     PART II

ITEM 5.   MARKET  FOR THE  REGISTRANT'S  COMMON  STOCK AND  RELATED  SHAREHOLDER
          MATTERS

     The  information  appearing  under  the  caption  "Stock  Listing"  in  the
Registrant's  annual  report to  security  holders  for the  fiscal  year  ended
December 31, 1996 (the "1996 Annual  Report"),  is  incorporated  herein by this
reference.

ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The  information   appearing  under  the  caption  "Selected   Consolidated
Financial  Data"  in the 1996  Annual  Report  is  incorporated  herein  by this
reference.

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND
          RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The information  appearing under the caption  "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial  Conditions  and Results of Operations" of the 1996 Annual
Report is incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     The information appearing under the captions "Consolidated Balance Sheets,"
"Consolidated   Statements   of   Operations,"   "Consolidated   Statements   of
Shareholders'  Equity,"  "Consolidated  Statements  of Cash  Flows,"  "Notes  to
Consolidated   Financial   Statements,"  and  "Report  of  Ernst  &  Young  LLP,
Independent  Auditors" in the 1996 Annual Report is incorporated  herein by this
reference.

ITEM 9.   CHANGES  IN AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND
          FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     None.

                                    PART III

     Except for the  information  specifically  incorporated  by reference  from
Actel's  definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be
held on May 2, 1997, as filed on or about April 2, 1997, with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission  (the "1997  Proxy  Statement")  in Part III of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K, the 1997 Proxy Statement shall not be deemed to be filed as
part of this Report.  Without limiting the foregoing,  the information under the
captions  "Compensation  Committee Report" and "Company Stock Performance" under
the main  caption  "OTHER  INFORMATION"  in the  1997  Proxy  Statement  are not
incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The information  regarding the  identification  and business  experience of
Actel's directors under the caption  "Nominees" under the main caption "PROPOSAL
NO. 1 -- ELECTION OF DIRECTORS" in the 1997 Proxy  Statement and the information
under the main caption "COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF  1934"  in the 1997  Proxy  Statement  are  incorporated  herein  by this
reference.  For information regarding the identification and business experience
of Actel's executive officers, see "Executive Officers of the Registrant" at the
end of Item 1 in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The information  under the caption "Director  Compensation"  under the main
caption  "PROPOSAL NO. 1 -- ELECTION OF  DIRECTORS" in the 1997 Proxy  Statement
and the information under the caption  "Executive  Compensation"  under the main
caption `OTHER  INFORMATION" in the 1997 Proxy Statement are incorporated herein
by this reference.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The information  under the caption "Share Ownership" under the main caption
"INFORMATION CONCERNING SOLICITATION AND VOTING" in the 1997 Proxy Statement and
the information under the caption  "Security  Ownership of Management" under the
main caption "OTHER  INFORMATION" in the 1997 Proxy  Statement are  incorporated
herein by this reference.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     None.

                                     PART IV

ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

     (a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form
10-K:

          (1)  Financial  Statements.   The  following   consolidated  financial
     statements of Actel  Corporation  included in Actel's 1996 Annual Report to
     Shareholders  for the year ended  December 31, 1996,  are  incorporated  by
     reference in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

               Consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 1996 and 1995

               Consolidated statements of operations for each of the three years
               in the period ended December 31, 1996

               Consolidated  statements of shareholders'  equity for each of the
               three years in the period ended December 31, 1996

               Consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the three years
               in the period ended December 31, 1996

               Notes to consolidated financial statements

          (2) Financial  Statement  Schedule.  The financial  statement schedule
     listed under 14(d) hereof is filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

          (3)  Exhibits.  The exhibits  listed under Item 14(c) hereof are filed
     with, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

     (b) Reports on Form 8-K. No reports on Form 8-K were filed by Actel  during
the quarter ended December 31, 1996.

     (c) Exhibits.  The following exhibits are filed as part of, or incorporated
by reference into, this Report on Form 10-K:

    Exhibit Number                              Description
- ------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------

        2.1 (1)          Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of February 12, 1995,
                         between   the   Registrant   and   Texas    Instruments
                         Incorporated  (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's
                         Current  Report on Form 8-K (File  No.  0-21970)  filed
                         with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission on April
                         17, 1995).

        2.2              Amendment No. 1 to the Asset Purchase  Agreement  dated
                         as of March 31, 1995,  between the Registrant and Texas
                         Instruments  Incorporated  (filed as Exhibit 2.2 to the
                         Registrant's  Current  Report  on Form  8-K  (File  No.
                         0-21970)   filed  with  the   Securities  and  Exchange
                         Commission on April 17, 1995).

        3.1              Restated  Articles of  Incorporation  (filed as Exhibit
                         3.2 to the Registrant's  Registration Statement on Form
                         S-1 (File No. 33-64704),  declared  effective on August
                         2, 1993).

        3.2              Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 3.3
                         to the Registrant's  Registration Statement on Form S-1
                         (File No.  33-64704),  declared  effective on August 2,
                         1993).

        3.3              Certificate of Determination of Rights, Preferences and
                         Privileges   of  Series  A   Preferred   Stock  of  the
                         Registrant  (filed as Exhibit  3.3 to the  Registrant's
                         Current  Report on Form 8-K (File  No.  0-21970)  filed
                         with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission on April
                         17, 1995).

       10.1 (2)          Form of  Indemnification  Agreement  for  directors and
                         officers  (filed as  Exhibit  10.1 to the  Registrant's
                         Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-64704),
                         declared effective on August 2, 1993).

       10.2 (2)          1986  Incentive  Stock  Option  Plan,  as  amended  and
                         restated.

       10.3 (2)          1993  Directors'  Stock  Option  Plan,  as amended  and
                         restated.

       10.4 (2)          1993  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan,  as amended  and
                         restated.

       10.5 (2)          1995 Employee and Consultant Stock Plan, as amended and
                         restated.

       10.6              Form of Distribution  Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.13
                         to the Registrant's  Registration Statement on Form S-1
                         (File No.  33-64704),  declared  effective on August 2,
                         1993).

       10.7 (1)          Patent  Cross  License  Agreement  dated April 22, 1993
                         between  the  Registrant  and  Xilinx,  Inc.  (filed as
                         Exhibit   10.14   to  the   Registrant's   Registration
                         Statement  on Form S-1  (File No.  33-64704),  declared
                         effective on August 2, 1993).

       10.8              Subscription and Participation Agreement dated February
                         3, 1994 between the Registrant,  Singapore Technologies
                         Ventures   Pte   Ltd   and   Chartered    Semiconductor
                         Manufacturing  Pte Ltd (filed as  Exhibit  10.16 to the
                         Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K  (File  No.
                         0-21970) for the fiscal year ended January 2, 1994).

       10.9              Manufacturing  Agreement dated February 3, 1994 between
                         the    Registrant    and    Chartered     Semiconductor
                         Manufacturing  Pte Ltd (filed as  Exhibit  10.17 to the
                         Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K  (File  No.
                         0-21970) for the fiscal year ended January 2, 1994).

       10.10             Distribution  Agreement dated June 1, 1994, between the
                         Registrant  and  Arrow  Electronics,   Inc.  (filed  as
                         Exhibit 10.18 to the  Registrant's  Quarterly Report on
                         Form 10-Q (File No.  0-21970) for the quarterly  period
                         ended July 3, 1994).

       10.11 (1)         Product   Development  and  Marketing  Agreement  dated
                         August  1,  1994,  between  the  Registrant  and  Loral
                         Federal  Systems Company (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the
                         Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q  (File No.
                         0-21970)  for the  quarterly  period  ended  October 2,
                         1994).

       10.12 (1)         M2M Joint  Development  and Marketing  Agreement  dated
                         August  1,  1994,  between  the  Registrant  and  Loral
                         Federal  Systems Company (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the
                         Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q  (File No.
                         0-21970)  for the  quarterly  period  ended  October 2,
                         1994).

       10.13 (1)         Investor  Agreement dated as of April 1, 1995,  between
                         the  Registrant  and  Texas  Instruments   Incorporated
                         (filed as  Exhibit  10.21 to the  Registrant's  Current
                         Report on Form 8-K (File No.  0-21970)  filed  with the
                         Securities and Exchange Commission on April 17, 1995).

       10.14 (1)         License  Agreement  dated as of April 1, 1995,  between
                         the  Registrant  and  Texas  Instruments   Incorporated
                         (filed as  Exhibit  10.22 to the  Registrant's  Current
                         Report on Form 8-K (File No.  0-21970)  filed  with the
                         Securities and Exchange Commission on April 17, 1995).

       10.15 (1)         Supply Agreement dated as of April 1, 1995, between the
                         Registrant and Texas Instruments  Incorporated.  (filed
                         as Exhibit 10.23 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's
                         Current  Report on Form 8-K (File  No.  0-21970)  filed
                         with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission on August
                         23, 1995).

       10.16 (1)         Development  Agreement  dated  as  of  April  1,  1995,
                         between   the   Registrant   and   Texas    Instruments
                         Incorporated   (filed   as   Exhibit   10.24   to   the
                         Registrant's  Current  Report  on Form  8-K  (File  No.
                         0-21970)   filed  with  the   Securities  and  Exchange
                         Commission on April 17, 1995).

       10.17 (1)         Foundry  Agreement  dated as of June 29, 1995,  between
                         the Registrant and Matsushita  Electric Industrial Co.,
                         Ltd and Matsushita  Electronics  Corporation  (filed as
                         Exhibit 10.25 to the  Registrant's  Quarterly Report on
                         Form 10-Q (File No.  0-21970) for the quarterly  period
                         ended July 2, 1995).

       10.18 (1)         Distribution  Agreement  dated  as of  June  29,  1995,
                         between  the   Registrant   and   Matsushita   Electric
                         Industrial   Co.,   Ltd  and   Matsushita   Electronics
                         Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the Registrant's
                         Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q (File No.  0-21970)  for
                         the quarterly period ended July 2, 1995).

       10.19             Lease  Agreement  for  the   Registrant's   offices  in
                         Sunnyvale,  California,  dated May 10,  1995  (filed as
                         Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form
                         10-K  (File No.  0-21970)  for the  fiscal  year  ended
                         December 31, 1995).

       10.20 (1)         License  Agreement  dated as of March 6, 1995,  between
                         the Registrant and BTR, Inc.

       11                Statement re  computation  of per share  earnings  (see
                         page 38).

       13                Portions of Registrant's  Annual Report to Shareholders
                         for  the  fiscal   year  ended   December   31,   1996,
                         incorporated  by  reference  into  this  Report on Form
                         10-K.

       21                Subsidiaries  of Registrant  (filed as Exhibit 10.21 to
                         the  Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No.
                         0-21970) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995).

       23                Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors (see
                         page 36).

       24                Power of Attorney (see page 35)

       27                Financial Data Schedule.

- ---------------------------------------

         (1)             Confidential  treatment  requested  as to a portion  of
                         this Exhibit.

         (2)             This Exhibit is a management  contract or  compensatory
                         plan or arrangement.

     Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation  S-K, the schedules to Exhibit 2.1
have been omitted. The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish supplementally a copy
of any omitted schedule to the Securities and Exchange  Commission upon request.
The omitted schedules are listed below:

     Schedule 1.1(a)      Capital Equipment
     Schedule 1.1(b)      Expensed Assets
     Schedule 1.1(d)      Contracts
     Schedule 1.1(f)      Software
     Schedule 1.1(h)      Testing Hardware and Software
     Schedule 1.1(i)      Research and Development Projects 
     Schedule 2.2         Calculation of Net Revenues of the Business
     Schedule 2.5         Inventory  Transfer Pricing 
     Schedule 5.2(a)      Seller Consents 
     Schedule 5.16        Seller's Knowledge 
     Schedule 6.2(a)      Buyer Consents 
     Schedule 6.2(b)      Buyer Violations 
     Schedule 6.4         Capitalization of Buyer
     Schedule 6.7         Registration Rights 
     Schedule 12.3(d)     Buyer's Knowledge

         (d) Financial  Statement  Schedule.  The following  financial statement
schedule of Actel  Corporation  is filed as part of this Report on Form 10-K and
should be read in  conjunction  with the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements of
Actel  Corporation,  including the notes thereto,  and the Report of Independent
Auditors with respect thereto:

    Schedule                          Description                        Page
- ---------------  ----------------------------------------------------- ---------
       II                   Valuation and qualifying accounts             37

     All  other  schedules  for  which  provision  is  made  in  the  applicable
accounting  regulations  of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  are  not
required under the related  instructions or are  inapplicable and therefore have
been omitted.


                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                  ACTEL CORPORATION




March 28, 1997                    By:              /s/ John C. East
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                                      John C. East
                                         President and Chief Executive Officer


     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
Annual  Report on Form 10-K has been signed  below by the  following  persons on
behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                Signature                                          Title                                Date
- ------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------  ----------------------



<S>                                         <C>                                                    <C> 
              /s/ John C. East              President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal       March 28, 1997
- -----------------------------------------   Executive Officer) and Director
              (John C. East)                


           /s/ David M. Sugishita           Senior Vice President of Finance & Administration      March 28, 1997
- -----------------------------------------   and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial
           (David M. Sugishita)             and Accounting Officer)


            /s/ Keith B. Geeslin            Director                                               March 28, 1997
- -----------------------------------------
            (Keith B. Geeslin)


             /s/ Jos C. Henkens             Director                                               March 28, 1997
- -----------------------------------------
             (Jos C. Henkens)


         /s/ Frederic N. Schwettmann        Director                                               March 28, 1997
- -----------------------------------------
        (Frederic N. Schwettmann)


            /s/ Robert G. Spencer           Director                                               March 28, 1997
- -----------------------------------------
           (Robert G. Spencer)
</TABLE>

                                                                     SCHEDULE II

                                ACTEL CORPORATION

                     --------------------------------------

                        Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
                                 (in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Balance at
                                                 beginning of                                       Balance at end
                                                    period          Provisions       Write-Offs        of period
                                               ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
<S>                                                     <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
   Year ended December 31, 1994.............            600               --                 3              597
   Year ended December 31, 1995.............            597               --                30              567
   Year ended December 31, 1996.............            567               81                15              633
</TABLE>


                                ACTEL CORPORATION

                        1986 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

                 Amended and Restated Effective January 24, 1997


     1.   Purposes of the Plan.  The  purposes of this Stock  Option Plan are to
attract and retain the best  available  personnel for  positions of  substantial
responsibility, to provide additional incentive to the Employees and Consultants
of the Company and to promote the success of the Company's business.

          Options granted hereunder may be either "incentive stock options",  as
defined in Section 422 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended,  or
"non-statutory  stock options",  at the discretion of the  Administrator  and as
reflected in the terms of the written option agreement.

     2.   Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

          (a)  "Administrator"  shall mean the Board or any of its Committees as
     shall be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

          (b)  "Applicable Laws" shall mean the legal  requirements  relating to
     the  administration  of stock option plans under  California  corporate and
     securities laws and the Code.

          (c)  "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

          (d)  "Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

          (e)  "Company" shall mean Actel Corporation, a California corporation.

          (f)  "Committee"  shall mean the  Committee  appointed by the Board of
     Directors in accordance with paragraph (a) of Section 4 of the Plan, if one
     is appointed.

          (g)  "Consultant" shall mean any person, including an advisor, engaged
     by the  Company or a Parent or  Subsidiary  to render  services  and who is
     compensated for such services,  provided that the term  "Consultant"  shall
     not include  Directors who are paid only a director's fee by the Company or
     who are not compensated by the Company for their services as Directors.

          (h)  "Continuous  Status as an Employee or Consultant" shall mean that
     the employment or consulting  relationship is not interrupted or terminated
     by the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary.  Continuous Status as an Employee
     or Consultant  shall not be considered  interrupted in the case of: (i) any
     leave of absence  approved by the Board,  including  sick  leave,  military
     leave, or any other personal leave; provided, however, that for purposes of
     Incentive  Stock  Options,  any such leave may not exceed ninety (90) days,
     unless  reemployment  upon the  expiration  of such leave is  guaranteed by
     contract (including certain Company policies) or statute; or (ii) transfers
     between  locations of the Company or between the Company,  its Parent,  its
     Subsidiaries or its successor.

          (i)  "Employee"  shall  mean  any  person,   including   officers  and
     directors,  employed  by the  Company  or any Parent or  Subsidiary  of the
     Company.  The  payment  of a  director's  fee by the  Company  shall not be
     sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company.

          (j)  "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
     amended.

          (k)  "Incentive Stock Option" shall mean an Option intended to qualify
     as an  incentive  stock  option  within the  meaning of Section  422 of the
     Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          (l)  "Officer"  shall mean a person  who is an officer of the  Company
     within the  meaning of  Section  16 of the  Exchange  Act and the rules and
     regulations promulgated thereunder.

          (m)  "Option" shall mean a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

          (n)  "Optioned  Stock"  shall  mean the  Common  Stock  subject  to an
     Option.

          (o)  "Optionee"  shall mean an Employee or Consultant  who receives an
     Option.

          (p)  "Parent"  shall  mean  a  "parent  corporation",  whether  now or
     hereafter  existing,  as defined in Section 424(e) of the Internal  Revenue
     Code of 1986, as amended.

          (q)  "Plan"  shall mean this 1986  Incentive  Stock  Option  Plan,  as
     amended.

          (r)  "Rule  16b-3"  shall mean Rule 16b-3 of the  Exchange  Act or any
     successor to Rule 16b-3,  as in effect when  discretion is being  exercised
     with respect to the Plan.

          (s)  "Share"  shall mean a share of the Common  Stock,  as adjusted in
     accordance with Section 12 of the Plan.

          (t)  "Subsidiary" shall mean a "subsidiary  corporation",  whether now
     or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Internal Revenue
     Code of 1986, as amended.

     3.   Stock Subject to the Plan.  Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of
the Plan, the maximum  aggregate number of shares which may be optioned and sold
under the Plan is 5,497,897  shares of Common Stock,  increased  annually on the
first day of each of the Company's fiscal years during the term of the Plan (and
subsequent to the May 2, 1996  amendment to and  restatement  of the Plan) in an
amount equal to 5% of the Company's  common stock issued and  outstanding at the
close of business on the last day of the immediately  preceding fiscal year (the
"Annual  Replenishment"),  with only the initial 5,497,897 shares and subsequent
annual increases in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 885,931 shares, or (ii)
the number of shares  subject to the Annual  Replenishment  to be available  for
issuance  as  "incentive  stock  options"  qualified  under  Section  422 of the
Internal  Revenue  Code.  All of the  shares  issuable  under  the  Plan  may be
authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

          If an Option  should  expire or become  unexercisable  for any  reason
without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares which were subject
thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated,  become available for
future grant under the Plan.

     4.   Administration of the Plan.

          (a)  Procedure.

               (i)  Multiple  Administrative Bodies. If permitted by Rule 16b-3,
          the Plan may be  administered  by  different  bodies  with  respect to
          Directors,  Officers  who are not  Directors,  and  Employees  who are
          neither Directors nor Officers.

              (ii)  Administration   With  Respect  to  Directors  and  Officers
          Subject to  Section  16(b).  With  respect  to Option  grants  made to
          Employees who are also Officers or Directors  subject to Section 16(b)
          of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be  administered by (A) the Board,
          if the  Board may  administer  the Plan in  compliance  with the rules
          governing  a plan  intended to qualify as a  discretionary  plan under
          Rule 16b-3,  or (B) a committee  designated by the Board to administer
          the Plan,  which  committee  shall be  constituted  to comply with the
          rules  governing a plan  intended to qualify as a  discretionary  plan
          under Rule 16b-3.  Once  appointed,  such Committee  shall continue to
          serve in its  designated  capacity  until  otherwise  directed  by the
          Board.  From  time to time  the  Board  may  increase  the size of the
          Committee  and appoint  additional  members,  remove  members (with or
          without  cause) and substitute  new members,  fill vacancies  (however
          caused),  and  remove  all  members of the  Committee  and  thereafter
          directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the rules
          governing  a plan  intended to qualify as a  discretionary  plan under
          Rule 16b-3.

             (iii)  Administration  With Respect to Other Persons.  With respect
          to Option  grants made to  Employees  or  Consultants  who are neither
          Directors nor Officers of the Company,  the Plan shall be administered
          by (A) the Board or (B) a  committee  designated  by the Board,  which
          committee  shall be  constituted  to  satisfy  Applicable  Laws.  Once
          appointed, such Committee shall serve in its designated capacity until
          otherwise  directed by the Board.  The Board may  increase the size of
          the Committee and appoint additional members,  remove members (with or
          without  cause) and substitute  new members,  fill vacancies  (however
          caused),  and  remove  all  members of the  Committee  and  thereafter
          directly   administer  the  Plan,  all  to  the  extent  permitted  by
          Applicable Laws.

          (b)  Powers of the  Administrator.  Subject to the  provisions  of the
     Plan,  and in the  case of a  Committee,  subject  to the  specific  duties
     delegated by the Board to such Committee,  the Administrator shall have the
     authority, in its discretion:

               (i)  to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common  Stock,  in
          accordance with Section 9(b) of the Plan;

              (ii)  to select the  Consultants and Employees to whom Options may
          be granted hereunder;

             (iii)  to determine  whether and to what extent Options are granted
          hereunder;

              (iv)  to  determine  the  number of  shares of Common  Stock to be
          covered by each Option granted hereunder;

               (v)  to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

              (vi)  to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with
          the terms of the Plan, of any award granted hereunder.  Such terms and
          conditions  include,  but are not limited to, the exercise price,  the
          time or times when  Options  may be  exercised  (which may be based on
          performance   criteria),   any  vesting   acceleration  or  waiver  of
          forfeiture  restrictions,  and any restriction or limitation regarding
          any Option or the shares of Common Stock  relating  thereto,  based in
          each  case  on  such  factors  as  the  Administrator,   in  its  sole
          discretion, shall determine;

             (vii)  to  reduce  the  exercise  price of any  Option  to the then
          current Fair Market Value if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock
          covered by such Option shall have  declined  since the date the Option
          was granted;

            (viii)  to construe and  interpret  the terms of the Plan and awards
          granted pursuant to the Plan;

              (ix)  to  prescribe,  amend  and  rescind  rules  and  regulations
          relating to the Plan;

               (x)  to modify or amend each Option  (subject to Section 14(c) of
          the Plan);

              (xi)  to authorize  any person to execute on behalf of the Company
          any  instrument  required to effect the grant of an Option  previously
          granted by the Administrator;

             (xii)  to  determine  the  terms  and  restrictions  applicable  to
          Options; and

            (xiii)  to  make  all  other  determinations   deemed  necessary  or
          advisable for administering the Plan.

          (c)  Effect of Administrator's Decision. All decisions, determinations
     and  interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all
     Optionees and any other holders of any Options granted under the Plan.

     5.   Eligibility. Options may be granted only to Employees and Consultants.
Incentive  Stock  Options  may be granted  only to  Employees.  An  Employee  or
Consultant  who has  been  granted  an  Option  may,  if he or she is  otherwise
eligible, be granted an additional Option or Options.

     6.   Limitations.

          (a)  Each Option shall be  designated in the Notice of Grant as either
     an  Incentive  Stock  Option  or  a  Nonstatutory  Stock  Option.  However,
     notwithstanding  such  designations,  to the extent that the aggregate Fair
     Market Value of Shares  subject to an  Optionee's  incentive  stock options
     granted by the Company,  any Parent or Subsidiary,  that become exercisable
     for the first time during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company
     or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be
     treated as Nonstatutory  Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section 6(a),
     incentive  stock  options shall be taken into account in the order in which
     they  were  granted,  and the  Fair  Market  Value of the  Shares  shall be
     determined as of the time of grant.

          (b)  The Plan  shall not  confer  upon any  Optionee  any  right  with
     respect to continuation of employment or consulting  relationship  with the
     Company,  nor  shall it  interfere  in any way with his or her right or the
     Company's   right  to  terminate  his  or  her   employment  or  consulting
     relationship at any time.

          (c)  The  following  limitations  shall  apply to grants of Options to
     Employees:

               (i)  No  Employee  shall be  granted,  in any fiscal  year of the
          Company, Options to purchase more than five hundred thousand Shares.

              (ii)  The foregoing  limitation shall be adjusted  proportionately
          in  connection  with any  change in the  Company's  capitalization  as
          described in Section 12(a).

             (iii)  If an Option is canceled  (other than in  connection  with a
          transaction  described in Section  12),  the  canceled  Option will be
          counted  against  the  limit set forth in  Section  6(c)(i).  For this
          purpose,  if  the  exercise  price  of  an  Option  is  reduced,   the
          transaction  will be treated as a  cancellation  of the Option and the
          grant of a new Option.

     7.   Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until March 14, 2004.

     8.   Term of Option.  The term of each Option shall be stated in the Notice
of Grant; provided,  however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the
term shall be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such  shorter term as may
be provided in the Notice of Grant.  Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock
Option  granted to an Optionee  who, at the time the  Incentive  Stock Option is
granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power
of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary,  the term of
the  Incentive  Stock  Option  shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or
such shorter term as may be provided in the Notice of Grant.

     9.   Exercise Price and Consideration.

          (a)  The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant
     to  exercise  of an  Option  shall be such  price as is  determined  by the
     Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

               (i)  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

                    (A)  granted to an Employee  who, at the time the  Incentive
               Stock Option is granted,  owns stock  representing  more than ten
               percent  (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the
               Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price
               shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market  Value per Share on
               the date of grant.

                    (B)  granted to any Employee,  the per Share  exercise price
               shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market  Value per Share on
               the date of grant.

              (ii)  In the case of a  Nonstatutory  Stock Option,  the per Share
          exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per
          Share on the date of grant, unless expressly granted in lieu of salary
          or a cash bonus,  in which case the per Share  exercise price shall be
          no less  than 85% of the Fair  Market  Value  per Share on the date of
          grant;  provided,  however,  that the  Administrator  may grant in any
          fiscal year  Nonstatutory  Stock Options at per Share exercise  prices
          less than that provided herein covering,  in the aggregate,  shares of
          Common  Stock  equal to or less than  0.5% of the  number of shares of
          Common Stock issued and  outstanding  at the  beginning of such fiscal
          year.

          (b)  The fair market value shall be determined by the Administrator in
     its discretion;  provided, however, that where there is a public market for
     the Common Stock,  the fair market value per Share shall be the mean of the
     bid and asked  prices,  or closing  price in the event  quotations  for the
     Common  Stock are  reported on the National  Market  System,  of the Common
     Stock on the date of grant,  as reported in the Wall Street Journal (or, if
     not so reported,  as  otherwise  reported by the  National  Association  of
     Securities  Dealers Automated  Quotation  (NASDAQ) System) or, in the event
     the Common Stock is listed on a stock  exchange,  the fair market value per
     Share shall be the closing  price on such  exchange on the date of grant of
     the Option, as reported in the Wall Street Journal.

          (c)  The  consideration  to be paid for the  Shares to be issued  upon
     exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined
     by the Administrator  and may consist entirely of cash;  check;  promissory
     note;  other Shares which (A) in the case of Shares  acquired upon exercise
     of an option,  have been owned by the  Optionee for more than six months on
     the  date of  surrender,  and (B) have a Fair  Market  Value on the date of
     surrender  equal to the aggregate  exercise price of the Shares as to which
     said Option  shall be  exercised;  for options  granted  subsequent  to the
     effective date of the 1993  amendments to the Plan,  delivery of a properly
     executed  exercise  notice  together with such other  documentation  as the
     Committee  and the  broker,  if  applicable,  shall  require  to  effect an
     exercise  of the option  and  delivery  to the  Company of the sale or loan
     proceeds required;  or any combination of such methods of payment,  or such
     other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the
     extent permitted under Applicable Law.

     10.  Exercise of Option.

          (a)  Procedure  for  Exercise;  Rights as a  Shareholder.  Any  Option
     granted  hereunder  shall be  exercisable  at such  times  and  under  such
     conditions  as  determined  by  the  Administrator,  including  performance
     criteria with respect to the Company  and/or the Optionee,  and as shall be
     permissible  under  the  terms  of the  Plan;  provided,  however,  that an
     Incentive  Stock  Option  granted  prior to  January  1, 1987  shall not be
     exercisable while there is outstanding any incentive stock option which was
     granted,  before the granting of such Incentive  Stock Option,  to the same
     Optionee to purchase stock of the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary, or any
     predecessor  corporation  of  such  corporations.   For  purposes  of  this
     provision,  an incentive stock option shall be treated as outstanding until
     such option is exercised in full or expires by reason of lapse of time.

               An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

               An Option shall be deemed to be exercised  when written notice of
     such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of
     the Option by the person  entitled to exercise  the Option and full payment
     for the  Shares  with  respect to which the  Option is  exercised  has been
     received  by  the  Company.   Full  payment  may,  as   authorized  by  the
     Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable
     under  Section 9(c) of the Plan.  Until the  issuance (as  evidenced by the
     appropriate  entry on the  books  of the  Company  or of a duly  authorized
     transfer  agent of the Company) of the stock  certificate  evidencing  such
     Shares,  no right to vote or  receive  dividends  or any other  rights as a
     shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding
     the exercise of the Option.  No  adjustment  will be made for a dividend or
     other  right  for  which  the  record  date is prior to the date the  stock
     certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

               Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in
     the number of Shares which  thereafter may be available,  both for purposes
     of the Plan and for sale  under the  Option,  by the number of Shares as to
     which the Option is exercised.

          (b)  Termination  of  Status  as  an  Employee  or  Consultant.  If an
     Employee or Consultant ceases to serve as an Employee or Consultant,  he or
     she  may,  but  only  within  30 days (or  such  other  period  of time not
     exceeding three months as is determined by the Administrator at the time of
     grant of the  Option)  after the date he or she ceases to be an Employee or
     Consultant (as dthe case may be) of the Company, exercise his or her Option
     to the extent  that he or she was  entitled  to  exercise it at the date of
     such termination. To the extent that he or she was not entitled to exercise
     the  Option  at the  date of such  termination,  or if he or she  does  not
     exercise such Option (which he or she was entitled to exercise)  within the
     time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

          (c)  Disability of Optionee. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section
     10(b) above,  in the event an Employee or  Consultant is unable to continue
     his or her  employment  or  consulting  relationship  with the Company as a
     result of his or her total and permanent  disability (as defined in Section
     22(e)(3) of the Internal  Revenue Code), he or she may, but only within six
     (6)  months  (or such other  period of time not  exceeding  12 months as is
     determined  by the  Administrator  at the time of grant of the Option) from
     the date of termination, exercise his or her Option to the extent he or she
     was  entitled to exercise  it at the date of such  termination  (or to such
     greater extent as the Administrator may provide).  To the extent that he or
     she was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of termination,  or
     if he or she does not exercise such Option (which he or she was entitled to
     exercise) within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

          (d)  Death of Optionee. In the event of the death of an Optionee,  the
     Option may be exercised at any time within twelve (12) months following the
     date of death  (but in no event  later than the  expiration  of the term of
     such Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant),  by the Optionee's estate
     or by a person who  acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or
     inheritance,  but only to the extent  that the  Optionee  was  entitled  to
     exercise  the  Option at the date of death.  If, at the time of death,  the
     Optionee was not entitled to exercise his or her entire Option,  the Shares
     covered by the unexercisable portion of the Option shall immediately revert
     to the Plan.  If,  after  death,  the  Optionee's  estate  or a person  who
     acquired  the right to exercise the Option by bequest or  inheritance  does
     not exercise the Option within the time specified herein,  the Option shall
     terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

     11.  Non-Transferability  of Options.  The Option may not be sold, pledged,
assigned, hypothecated,  transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by
will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised,  during the
lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

     12.  Adjustments  Upon Changes in  Capitalization,  Dissolution,  Merger or
Asset Sale.

          (a)  Changes in Capitalization.  Subject to any required action by the
     shareholders  of the Company,  the number of shares of Common Stock covered
     by each outstanding  Option, and the number of shares of Common Stock which
     have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options
     have  yet been  granted  or  which  have  been  returned  to the Plan  upon
     cancellation or expiration of an Option,  as well as the price per share of
     Common  Stock   covered  by  each  such   outstanding   Option,   shall  be
     proportionately  adjusted  for any  increase  or  decrease in the number of
     issued shares of Common Stock  resulting from a stock split,  reverse stock
     split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock,
     or any other  increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common
     Stock effected without receipt of  consideration by the Company;  provided,
     however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall
     not be deemed to have been  "effected  without  receipt of  consideration."
     Such adjustment  shall be made by the Board,  whose  determination  in that
     respect  shall be  final,  binding  and  conclusive.  Except  as  expressly
     provided  herein,  no  issuance  by the  Company  of shares of stock of any
     class, or securities  convertible into shares of stock of any class,  shall
     affect,  and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to,
     the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option.

          (b)  Dissolution  or  Liquidation.   In  the  event  of  the  proposed
     dissolution or liquidation of the Company, to the extent that an Option has
     not been previously  exercised,  it will terminate immediately prior to the
     consummation of such proposed action. The Board may, in the exercise of its
     sole discretion in such instances,  declare that any Option shall terminate
     as of a date  fixed  by the  Board  and give  each  Optionee  the  right to
     exercise  his or her  Option as to all or any part of the  Optioned  Stock,
     including Shares as to which the Option would not otherwise be exercisable.

          (c)  Merger or Asset  Sale.  In the  event of a merger of the  Company
     with or into another  corporation,  or the sale of substantially all of the
     assets of the  Company,  each  outstanding  Option  shall be  assumed or an
     equivalent  option shall be substituted  by the successor  corporation or a
     Parent or Subsidiary of the successor  corporation.  In the event that such
     successor  corporation  refuses to assume such Option or to  substitute  an
     equivalent  option,  such Options shall become fully vested and exercisable
     as to all of the  Optioned  Stock,  including  the  Shares  as to which the
     Options would not otherwise be vested and  exercisable.  If Options  become
     fully vested and  exercisable in lieu of assumption or  substitution in the
     event of a merger or sale of assets,  the  Administrator  shall  notify the
     Optionee that the Option shall be fully  exercisable for a period of thirty
     (30) days from the date of such notice,  and the Option will terminate upon
     the expiration of such period.

     13.  Time of Granting  Options.  The date of grant of an Option shall,  for
all purposes,  be the date on which the  Administrator  makes the  determination
granting  such  Option.  Notice  of the  determination  shall  be  given to each
Employee or Consultant to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable  time
after the date of such grant.

     14.  Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

          (a)  Amendment  and  Termination.  The  Board  may at any time  amend,
     alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

          (b)  Shareholder  Approval.   The  Company  shall  obtain  shareholder
     approval of any Plan  amendment to the extent  necessary  and  desirable to
     comply with Rule 16b-3 or with  Section  422 of the Code (or any  successor
     rule or statute or other applicable law, rule or regulation,  including the
     requirements of any exchange or quotation  system on which the Common Stock
     is listed or quoted).  Such  shareholder  approval,  if required,  shall be
     obtained  in such a  manner  and to such a  degree  as is  required  by the
     applicable law, rule or regulation.

          (c)  Effect of Amendment or  Termination.  No  amendment,  alteration,
     suspension  or  termination  of the Plan  shall  impair  the  rights of any
     Optionee,  unless  mutually agreed  otherwise  between the Optionee and the
     Administrator,  which  agreement  must  be in  writing  and  signed  by the
     Optionee and the Company.

     15.  Conditions  Upon  Issuance  of  Shares.  Shares  shall  not be  issued
pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the
issuance  and  delivery of such Shares  pursuant  thereto  shall comply with all
relevant provisions of law, including,  without limitation,  the Securities Act,
the  Exchange  Act,  the rules and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  state
securities  laws,  and the  requirements  of any stock  exchange  upon which the
Shares may then be  listed,  and shall be further  subject  to the  approval  of
counsel for the Company with respect to such  compliance.  As a condition to the
exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising such Option
to render to the Company a written statement containing such representations and
warranties  as, in the  opinion of counsel for the  Company,  may be required to
ensure  compliance with any of the  aforementioned  relevant  provisions of law,
including  a  representation  that  the  Shares  are  being  purchased  only for
investment and without any present  intention to sell or distribute such Shares,
if,  in the  opinion  of  counsel  for the  Company,  such a  representation  is
required.

     16.  Reservation of Shares. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will
at all  times  reserve  and keep  available  such  number  of Shares as shall be
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

          Inability of the Company to obtain  authority from any regulatory body
having  jurisdiction,  which authority is deemed by the Company's  counsel to be
necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve
the  Company of any  liability  in respect of the  failure to issue or sell such
Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

     17.  Option  Agreement.  Options  shall  be  evidenced  by  written  option
agreements in such form as the Administrator shall approve.

     18.  Shareholder  Approval.  Continuance  of the Plan  shall be  subject to
approval by the shareholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the
date the Plan is adopted.


                                ACTEL CORPORATION

                        1993 DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN

                   Amended and Restated as of January 24, 1997


     1.   Purposes of the Plan.  The  purposes of this  Directors'  Stock Option
Plan are to attract  and  retain the best  available  personnel  for  service as
Directors  of the  Company,  to  provide  additional  incentive  to the  Outside
Directors of the Company to serve as Directors, and to encourage their continued
service on the Board.

          All options granted hereunder shall be "nonstatutory stock options".

     2.   Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

          (a)  "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

          (b)  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          (c)  "Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

          (d)  "Company" shall mean Actel Corporation, a California corporation.

          (e)  "Continuous  Status as a Director"  shall mean the absence of any
     interruption or termination of service as a Director.

          (f)  "Director" shall mean a member of the Board.

          (g)  "Effective Date" shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 6
     below.

          (h)  "Employee"  shall  mean  any  person,   including   officers  and
     Directors,  employed  by the  Company  or any Parent or  Subsidiary  of the
     Company.  The  payment  of a  director's  fee by the  Company  shall not be
     sufficient in and of itself to constitute "employment" by the Company.

          (i)  "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
     amended.

          (j)  "First  Option"  shall  have the  meaning as set forth in Section
     4(b)(ii) below.

          (k)  "Option" shall mean a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

          (l)  "Optioned  Stock"  shall  mean the  Common  Stock  subject  to an
     Option.

          (m)  "Optionee" shall mean an Outside Director who receives an Option.

          (n)  "Outside Director" shall mean a Director who is not an Employee.

          (o)  "Parent"  shall  mean  a  "parent  corporation",  whether  now or
     hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

          (p)  "Plan" shall mean this 1993 Directors' Stock Option Plan.

          (q)  "Share"  shall mean a share of the Common  Stock,  as adjusted in
     accordance with Section 11 of the Plan.

          (r)  "Subsequent  Option"  shall  have  the  meaning  as set  forth in
     Section 4(b)(iii) below.

          (s)  "Subsidiary" shall mean a "subsidiary  corporation",  whether now
     or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

     3.   Stock Subject to the Plan.  Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of
the Plan, the maximum  aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and sold
under the Plan is 200,000 Shares (the "Pool") of Common Stock. The Shares may be
authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

          If an Option  should  expire or become  unexercisable  for any  reason
without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares which were subject
thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated,  become available for
future grant under the Plan.  If Shares which were  acquired upon exercise of an
Option are subsequently repurchased by the Company, such Shares shall not in any
event be returned to the Plan and shall not become  available  for future  grant
under the Plan.

     4.   Administration of and Grants of Options under the Plan.

          (a)  Administrator.  Except as  otherwise  required  herein,  the Plan
     shall be administered by the Board.

          (b)  Procedure  for  Grants.  The Board may grant  Options  to Outside
     Directors  hereunder,  and on such terms, as are decided in its discretion.
     Additionally,   Options  shall   automatically  be  granted   hereunder  in
     accordance with the following provisions:

               (i)  After  August 1,  1997,  each  person  who first  becomes an
          Outside Director shall be automatically  granted an Option to purchase
          20,000  Shares (the  "First  Option") on the date on which such person
          first becomes an Outside  Director,  whether  through  election by the
          shareholders  of the Company or  appointment by the Board of Directors
          to fill a vacancy.

              (ii)  Beginning on August 1, 1997, each Outside  Director shall be
          automatically   granted  an  Option  to  purchase   5,000   Shares  (a
          "Subsequent  Option") on August 1 of each year if, on such date, he or
          she shall have served on the Board for at least six (6) months.

             (iii)  Notwithstanding  the provisions of subsections  (i) and (ii)
          hereof,  in the event  that a grant  would  cause the number of Shares
          subject to  outstanding  Options plus the number of Shares  previously
          purchased upon exercise of Options to exceed the Pool,  then each such
          automatic  grant  shall be for that  number  of Shares  determined  by
          dividing the total number of Shares  remaining  available for grant by
          the number of Outside  Directors  on the  automatic  grant  date.  Any
          further  grants  shall then be  deferred  until such time,  if any, as
          additional  Shares  become  available for grant under the Plan through
          action of the  shareholders to increase the number of Shares which may
          be issued  under the Plan or through  cancellation  or  expiration  of
          Options previously granted hereunder.

              (iv)  Notwithstanding  the provisions of subsections  (i) and (ii)
          hereof,  any grant of an Option made  before the Company has  obtained
          shareholder  approval of the Plan in accordance with Section 17 hereof
          shall be conditioned upon obtaining such  shareholder  approval of the
          Plan in accordance with Section 17 hereof.

               (v)  The terms of a First Option  granted  hereunder  shall be as
          follows:

                    (A)  the First  Option shall be  exercisable  only while the
               Outside Director remains a Director of the Company, except as set
               forth in Section 9 hereof.

                    (B)  the exercise  price per Share shall be 100% of the fair
               market value (as defined in Section 8(b)  hereunder) per Share on
               the date of grant of the First Option.

                    (C)  the First Option shall vest and become  exercisable  as
               to 25% of the  Shares  subject  to the First  Option on the first
               anniversary  of the  date  of the  Company's  annual  shareholder
               meeting occurring in each of the first, second, third, and fourth
               calendar  year  following  the calendar year in which the date of
               grant occurred,  subject to the provisions set forth in Section 9
               below.

              (vi)  The terms of a Subsequent  Option granted hereunder shall be
          as follows:

                    (A)  the Subsequent  Option shall be exercisable  only while
               the Outside Director remains a Director of the Company, except as
               set forth in Section 9 hereof.

                    (B)  the exercise  price per Share shall be 100% of the fair
               market  value  per  Share on the date of grant of the  Subsequent
               Option.

                    (C)  the  Subsequent  Option shall become  exercisable as to
               one  hundred   percent  (100%)  of  the  Shares  subject  to  the
               Subsequent Option on the date of the Company's annual shareholder
               meeting  occurring  in the fourth  calendar  year  following  the
               calendar year in which the date of grant occurred, subject to the
               provisions set forth in Section 9 below.

          (c)  Powers of the Board.  Subject to the provisions and  restrictions
     of the Plan, the Board shall have the authority, in its discretion:  (i) to
     grant discretionary stock options to Outside Directors,  upon such terms as
     are  determined by the Board in its  discretion,  (ii) to  determine,  upon
     review of relevant  information  and in accordance with Section 8(b) of the
     Plan,  the fair market value of the Common  Stock;  (iii) to determine  the
     exercise  price per share of Options to be granted,  which  exercise  price
     shall be determined in  accordance  with Section 8(a) of the Plan;  (iv) to
     interpret  the  Plan  and  to  prescribe,   amend  and  rescind  rules  and
     regulations relating to the Plan; (v) to authorize any person to execute on
     behalf of the Company any instrument required to effectuate the grant of an
     Option  previously   granted   hereunder;   and  (vi)  to  make  all  other
     determinations  deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the
     Plan.

          (d)  Effect of Board's  Decision.  All decisions,  determinations  and
     interpretations  of the Board shall be final and  binding on all  Optionees
     and any other holders of any Options granted under the Plan.

          (e)  Suspension or Termination  of Option.  If the President or his or
     her designee  reasonably  believes that an Optionee has committed an act of
     misconduct,  the President may suspend the Optionee's right to exercise any
     option  pending a  determination  by the Board of Directors  (excluding the
     Outside  Director  accused of such  misconduct).  If the Board of Directors
     (excluding the Outside Director  accused of such misconduct)  determines an
     Optionee  has  committed  an  act  of  embezzlement,   fraud,   dishonesty,
     nonpayment of an obligation  owed to the Company,  breach of fiduciary duty
     or deliberate  disregard of the Company rules resulting in loss,  damage or
     injury to the Company,  or if an Optionee makes an unauthorized  disclosure
     of any Company  trade secret or  confidential  information,  engages in any
     conduct  constituting unfair  competition,  induces any Company customer to
     breach a contract  with the Company or induces any  principal  for whom the
     Company acts as agent to terminate  such agency  relationship,  neither the
     Optionee  nor his or her estate  shall be entitled  to exercise  any option
     whatsoever. In making such determination, the Board of Directors (excluding
     the Outside Director accused of such misconduct) shall act fairly and shall
     give the  Optionee  an  opportunity  to  appear  and  present  evidence  on
     Optionee's  behalf at a hearing  before  the  Board or a  committee  of the
     Board.

     5.   Eligibility.  Options  may be granted  only to Outside  Directors.  An
Outside  Director  who has been granted an Option may, if he or she is otherwise
eligible, be granted an additional Option or Options.

          The Plan shall not confer upon any  Optionee any right with respect to
continuation of service as a Director or nomination to serve as a Director,  nor
shall it  interfere in any way with any rights which the Director or the Company
may have to terminate his or her directorship at any time.

     6.   Term of Plan;  Effective Date. The Plan shall become  effective on the
date on which the Company's registration statement on Form S-1 (or any successor
form thereof) is declared  effective by the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
(the "Effective Date"). It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years
unless  sooner  terminated  under  Section  13  of  the  Plan,  subject  to  the
limitations set forth in this Plan.

     7.   Term of Option.  The term of each Option  shall be ten (10) years from
the date of grant thereof.

     8.   Exercise Price and Consideration.

          (a)  Exercise Price. The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be
     issued  pursuant to exercise of an Option  shall be 100% of the fair market
     value per Share on the date of grant of the Option.

          (b)  Fair Market  Value.  The fair market value per Share shall be the
     mean  of  the  bid  and   asked   prices  of  the   Common   Stock  in  the
     over-the-counter  market  on the date of  grant,  as  reported  in The Wall
     Street  Journal  (or,  if not so  reported,  as  otherwise  reported by the
     National  Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation  ("NASDAQ")
     System)  or, in the event  that the  Common  Stock is traded on the  NASDAQ
     National Market System or listed on a stock exchange, the fair market value
     per Share shall be the closing price on such system or exchange on the date
     of grant of the Option,  as reported in The Wall Street Journal,  provided,
     however, that if such market or exchange is closed on the date of the grant
     of the Option  then the fair  market  value per Share shall be based on the
     most recent date on which such trading  occurred  immediately  prior to the
     date of the grant of the Option;  provided,  further,  that for purposes of
     First  Options  granted on the  Effective  Date,  the fair market value per
     share shall be the initial public  offering price as set forth in the final
     prospectus  filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to
     Rule 424 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          (c)  Form of  Consideration.  The  consideration  to be  paid  for the
     Shares to be issued upon  exercise of an Option shall  consist  entirely of
     cash,  check,  other  Shares  having  a fair  market  value  on the date of
     surrender  equal to the aggregate  exercise price of the Shares as to which
     said Option shall be exercised (which, if acquired from the Company,  shall
     have been held for at least six  months),  delivery of a properly  executed
     exercise notice together with  instructions to a broker to deliver promptly
     to the Company  the amount of sale  proceeds  required to pay the  exercise
     price,  or any  combination  of such  methods of  payment  and/or any other
     consideration  or method of payment as shall be permitted under  applicable
     corporate law.

     9.   Exercise of Option.

          (a)  Procedure  for  Exercise;  Rights as a  Shareholder.  Any  Option
     granted  hereunder  shall be  exercisable at such times as are set forth in
     Section 4(b) hereof or, with respect to a  discretionary  grant, as decided
     by the Board in its discretion; provided, however, that no Options shall be
     exercisable  until  shareholder  approval  of the Plan in  accordance  with
     Section 17 hereof has been obtained.

               An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

               An Option shall be deemed to be exercised  when written notice of
     such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of
     the Option by the person  entitled to exercise  the Option and full payment
     for the  Shares  with  respect to which the  Option is  exercised  has been
     received by the Company.  Full payment may consist of any consideration and
     method of  payment  allowable  under  Section  8(c) of the Plan.  Until the
     issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company
     or of a duly  authorized  transfer  agent  of  the  Company)  of the  stock
     certificate  evidencing such Shares,  no right to vote or receive dividends
     or any other  rights as a  shareholder  shall  exist  with  respect  to the
     Optioned  Stock,  notwithstanding  the  exercise  of the  Option.  A  share
     certificate  for the  number of Shares so  acquired  shall be issued to the
     Optionee as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment
     will be made for a dividend  or other  right for which the  record  date is
     prior to the date the stock  certificate  is issued,  except as provided in
     Section 11 of the Plan.

               Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in
     the number of Shares which  thereafter may be available,  both for purposes
     of the Plan and for sale  under the  Option,  by the number of Shares as to
     which the Option is exercised.

          (b)  Termination  of  Status as a  Director.  If an  Outside  Director
     ceases to serve as a Director,  he or she may,  but only  within  three (3)
     months (or such  other  period of time not  exceeding  six (6) months as is
     determined  by the Board)  after the date he or she ceases to be a Director
     of the Company, exercise his or her Option to the extent that he or she was
     entitled to exercise  it at the date of such  termination.  Notwithstanding
     the foregoing,  in no event may the Option be exercised  after its term set
     forth in Section 7 has expired.  To the extent that such  Outside  Director
     was not entitled to exercise an Option at the date of such termination,  or
     does not  exercise  such Option  (which he or she was entitled to exercise)
     within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

          (c)  Disability of Optionee. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section
     9(b)  above,  in the event a  Director  is unable  to  continue  his or her
     service as a Director  with the Company as a result of his or her total and
     permanent  disability  (as  defined in  Section  22(e)(3)  of the  Internal
     Revenue Code), he or she may, but only within six (6) months (or such other
     period of time not  exceeding  twelve (12) months as is  determined  by the
     Board) from the date of such termination, exercise his or her Option to the
     extent  he or  she  was  entitled  to  exercise  it at  the  date  of  such
     termination.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  in no event may the Option be
     exercised after its term set forth in Section 7 has expired.  To the extent
     that he or she was not  entitled  to  exercise  the  Option  at the date of
     termination, or if he or she does not exercise such Option (which he or she
     was  entitled to exercise)  within the time  specified  herein,  the Option
     shall terminate.

          (d)  Death of Optionee. In the event of the death of an Optionee:

               (i)  during  the term of the Option who is, at the time of his or
          her  death,  a  Director  of the  Company  and who shall  have been in
          Continuous Status as a Director since the date of grant of the Option,
          the Option  may be  exercised,  at any time  within six (6) months (or
          such lesser period of time as is  determined  by the Board)  following
          the  date of  death,  by the  Optionee's  estate  or by a  person  who
          acquired the right to exercise  the Option by bequest or  inheritance,
          but only to the  extent  of the  right to  exercise  that  would  have
          accrued had the Optionee  continued  living and remained in Continuous
          Status as Director  for six (6) months (or such lesser  period of time
          as  is   determined   by  the   Board)   after   the  date  of  death.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may the Option be exercised
          after its term set forth in Section 7 has expired.

              (ii)  within three (3) months (or such lesser period of time as is
          determined by the Board) after the termination of Continuous Status as
          a Director,  the Option may be  exercised,  at any time within six (6)
          months  following the date of death, by the Optionee's  estate or by a
          person who  acquired  the right to  exercise  the Option by bequest or
          inheritance,  but only to the extent of the right to exercise that had
          accrued at the date of termination.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in
          no event  may the  option  be  exercised  after  its term set forth in
          Section 7 has expired.

     10.  Nontransferability  of Options.  The Option may not be sold,  pledged,
assigned, hypothecated,  transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by
will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The designation of a beneficiary
by an Optionee does not constitute a transfer. An Option may be exercised during
the lifetime of an Optionee  only by the  Optionee or a transferee  permitted by
this Section.

     11.  Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization  or Merger.  Subject to any
required  action by the  shareholders  of the  Company,  the number of shares of
Common Stock  covered by each  outstanding  Option,  and the number of shares of
Common Stock which have been  authorized  for issuance  under the Plan but as to
which no Options have yet been  granted or which have been  returned to the Plan
upon  cancellation or expiration of an Option, as well as the price per share of
Common Stock covered by each such outstanding  Option,  shall be proportionately
adjusted for any  increase or decrease in the number of issued  shares of Common
Stock  resulting  from a stock  split,  reverse  stock  split,  stock  dividend,
combination or  reclassification  of the Common Stock,  or any other increase or
decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt
of  consideration  by the Company;  provided,  however,  that  conversion of any
convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected
without receipt of  consideration."  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board,
whose  determination  in that respect  shall be final,  binding and  conclusive.
Except as  expressly  provided  herein,  no issuance by the Company of shares of
stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class,
shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to,
the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option.

          In the  event  of  the  proposed  dissolution  or  liquidation  of the
Company, the Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such
proposed action,  unless otherwise  provided by the Board. The Board may, in the
exercise of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that any Option shall
terminate  as of a date fixed by the Board and give each  Optionee  the right to
exercise  his  or her  Option  as to all or  any  part  of the  Optioned  Stock,
including Shares as to which the Option would not otherwise be exercisable.

          In the event of a  proposed  sale of all or  substantially  all of the
assets  of the  Company,  or the  merger  of the  Company  with or into  another
corporation,  each outstanding  Option shall be assumed or an equivalent  option
shall be substituted  by the successor  corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of
the successor corporation.  In the event that such successor corporation refuses
to assume such Option or to substitute an equivalent option,  such Options shall
become fully vested and exercisable as to all of the Optioned  Stock,  including
the  Shares  as  to  which  the  Options  would  not  otherwise  be  vested  and
exercisable.  If  Options  become  fully  vested  and  exercisable  in  lieu  of
assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the Board
shall  notify the  Optionee  that the Option  shall be fully  exercisable  for a
period of thirty  (30) days from the date of such  notice,  and the Option  will
terminate upon the expiration of such period.

     12.  Time of Granting  Options.  The date of grant of an Option shall,  for
all purposes,  be the date  determined  in accordance  with Section 4(b) hereof.
Notice of the  determination  shall be given to each Outside Director to whom an
Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

     13.  Amendment and Termination of the Plan

          (a)  Amendment and  Termination.  The Board may amend or terminate the
     Plan from time to time in such  respects  as the Board may deem  advisable;
     provided  that,  to the extent  necessary and desirable to comply with Rule
     16b-3 under the Exchange Act (or any other  applicable law or  regulation),
     the Company  shall obtain  approval of the  shareholders  of the Company to
     Plan  amendments  to the extent and in the manner  required  by such law or
     regulation.

          (b)  Effect  of  Amendment  or  Termination.  Any  such  amendment  or
     termination  of the Plan that would impair the rights of any Optionee shall
     not affect Options  already granted to such Optionee and such Options shall
     remain in full  force and  effect as if this Plan had not been  amended  or
     terminated,  unless mutually agreed otherwise  between the Optionee and the
     Board,  which  agreement  must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and
     the Company.

     14.  Conditions  Upon  Issuance  of  Shares.  Shares  shall  not be  issued
pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the
issuance  and  delivery of such Shares  pursuant  thereto  shall comply with all
relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of
1933,  as amended,  the  Exchange  Act,  the rules and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder,  state  securities  laws, and the requirements of any stock exchange
upon which the Shares  may then be listed,  and shall be further  subject to the
approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

          As a condition to the  exercise of an Option,  the Company may require
the person  exercising  such Option to represent  and warrant at the time of any
such  exercise  that the  Shares are being  purchased  only for  investment  and
without any present  intention to sell or  distribute  such  Shares,  if, in the
opinion of counsel for the Company,  such a representation is required by any of
the aforementioned relevant provisions of law.

          Inability of the Company to obtain  authority from any regulatory body
having  jurisdiction,  which authority is deemed by the Company's  counsel to be
necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve
the  Company of any  liability  in respect of the  failure to issue or sell such
Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

     15.  Reservation of Shares. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will
at all  times  reserve  and keep  available  such  number  of Shares as shall be
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

     16.  Option  Agreement.  Options  shall  be  evidenced  by  written  option
agreements in such form as the Board shall approve.

     17.  Shareholder Approval.

          (a)  Continuance  of the Plan  shall be  subject  to  approval  by the
     shareholders  of the  Company  at or prior to the first  annual  meeting of
     shareholders  held  subsequent to the granting of an Option  hereunder.  If
     such shareholder approval is obtained at a duly held shareholders' meeting,
     it may be obtained by the affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority of
     the  outstanding  shares of the Company present or represented and entitled
     to vote  thereon.  If such  shareholder  approval  is  obtained  by written
     consent,  it may be  obtained  by the  written  consent of the holders of a
     majority of the outstanding shares of the Company.

          (b)  Any required approval of the shareholders of the Company shall be
     solicited  substantially  in accordance  with Section 14(a) of the Exchange
     Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

     18.  Information to Optionees.  The Company shall provide to each Optionee,
during the period for which such  Optionee has one or more Options  outstanding,
copies  of all  annual  reports  to  shareholders,  proxy  statements  and other
information provided to all shareholders of the Company.

                                ACTEL CORPORATION

                        1993 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

                   Amended and Restated as of January 24, 1997


     The following constitute the provisions of the 1993 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan of Actel Corporation.

     1.   Purpose.  The  purpose  of the  Plan is to  provide  employees  of the
Company and its Designated  Subsidiaries  with an opportunity to purchase Common
Stock of the Company through accumulated payroll deductions. It is the intention
of the Company to have the Plan qualify as an  "Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan"
under Section 423 of the Code. The provisions of the Plan, accordingly, shall be
construed so as to extend and limit  participation  in a manner  consistent with
the requirements of that section of the Code.

     2.   Definitions.

          (a)  "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

          (b)  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          (c)  "Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

          (d)  "Company" shall mean Actel Corporation, a California corporation.

          (e)  "Compensation"  shall mean all base straight time gross  earnings
     including  commissions,  overtime  and shift  premiums,  and all  incentive
     compensation, incentive payments, bonuses and other compensation.

          (f)  "Designated  Subsidiaries" shall mean the Subsidiaries which have
     been  designated  by the Board from time to time in its sole  discretion as
     eligible to participate in the Plan.

          (g)  "Employee"  shall mean any  individual  who is an employee of the
     Company or any Designated Subsidiary for tax purposes whose employment with
     the Company or any  Designated  Subsidiary  averages  at least  twenty (20)
     hours per week and more than five (5)  months  in any  calendar  year.  For
     purposes  of the Plan,  the  employment  relationship  shall be  treated as
     continuing  intact while the  individual is on sick leave or other leave of
     absence approved by the Company.  Where the period of leave exceeds 90 days
     and the  individual's  right to  reemployment  is not guaranteed  either by
     statute or by contract, the employment  relationship will be deemed to have
     terminated on the 91st day of such leave.

          (h)  "Enrollment  Date"  shall  mean the  first  day of each  Offering
     Period.

          (i)  "Exercise Date" shall mean the last day of each Purchase Period.

          (j)  "Fair  Market  Value"  shall mean,  as of any date,  the value of
     Common Stock determined as follows:

               (1)  If the  Common  Stock is  listed  on any  established  stock
          exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the
          National  Market  System of the  National  Association  of  Securities
          Dealers,  Inc. Automated Quotation  ("NASDAQ") System, its Fair Market
          Value  shall be the  closing  sale price for the Common  Stock (or the
          mean of the closing bid and asked prices,  if no sales were reported),
          as quoted on such exchange (or the exchange  with the greatest  volume
          of  trading   in  Common   Stock)  or  system  on  the  date  of  such
          determination,  as reported  in the Wall Street  Journal or such other
          source as the Board deems reliable, or;

               (2)  If the Common Stock is quoted on the NASDAQ  system (but not
          on the National  Market  System  thereof) or is regularly  quoted by a
          recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported,  its
          Fair  Market  Value  shall be the mean of the  closing  bid and  asked
          prices  for the  Common  Stock on the date of such  determination,  as
          reported in the Wall Street  Journal or such other source as the Board
          deems reliable, or;

               (3)  In the  absence  of an  established  market  for the  Common
          Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith
          by the Board.

               (4)  For purposes of the Enrollment Date under the first Offering
          Period under the Plan, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock shall
          be the Price to Public as set forth in the final prospectus filed with
          the Securities and Exchange  Commission pursuant to Rule 424 under the
          Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          (k)  "Offering   Period"  shall  mean  the  period  of   approximately
     twenty-four (24) months during which an option granted pursuant to the Plan
     may be exercised. The first offering period shall commence with the date on
     which the  Company's  registration  statement on Form S-1 (or any successor
     form  thereof)  is  declared  effective  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange
     Commission.  This first offering period shall terminate on the last Trading
     Day in the period  ending  August 1 or February 1  approximately  24 months
     later.  Subsequent offering periods shall commence on the first Trading Day
     on or after August 1 and February 1 of each year and  terminate on the last
     Trading Day of the periods ending  twenty-four  months later.  The duration
     and timing of Offering Periods may be changed pursuant to Section 4 of this
     Plan.

          (l)  "Plan" shall mean this Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

          (m)  "Purchase  Price"  shall mean an amount  equal to 85% of the Fair
     Market  Value of a share of Common Stock on the  Enrollment  Date or on the
     Exercise Date, whichever is lower.

          (n)  "Purchase  Period" shall mean the  approximately six month period
     commencing  after one Exercise Date and ending with the next Exercise Date,
     except that the first Purchase Period of any Offering Period shall commence
     on the Enrollment  Date and end with the next Exercise Date.  However,  the
     first Purchase  Period of the first  Offering  Period under the Plan may be
     more or less than six months in duration.

          (o)  "Reserves"  shall  mean the  number of  shares  of  Common  Stock
     covered by each option under the Plan which have not yet been exercised and
     the  number of  shares  of Common  Stock  which  have been  authorized  for
     issuance under the Plan but not yet placed under options.

          (p)  "Subsidiary"  shall mean a corporation,  domestic or foreign,  of
     which not less than 50% of the voting  shares are held by the  Company or a
     Subsidiary,  whether or not such  corporation  now  exists or is  hereafter
     organized or acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary.

          (q)  "Trading Day" shall mean a day on which national stock  exchanges
     and the National  Association  of Securities  Dealers  Automated  Quotation
     (NASDAQ) System are open for trading.

     3.   Eligibility.

          (a)  Any Employee (as defined in Section 2(g)),  who shall be employed
     by the Company on a given  Enrollment Date shall be eligible to participate
     in the Plan.

          (b)  Any  provisions of the Plan to the contrary  notwithstanding,  no
     Employee shall be granted an option under the Plan (i) if immediately after
     the  grant,  such  Employee  (or any  other  person  whose  stock  would be
     attributed to such Employee  pursuant to Section  424(d) of the Code) would
     own  capital  stock of the  Company  and/or  hold  outstanding  options  to
     purchase  such  stock  possessing  five  percent  (5%) or more of the total
     combined  voting power or value of all classes of the capital  stock of the
     Company or of any  Subsidiary,  or (ii) which  permits his or her rights to
     purchase  stock under all employee  stock purchase plans of the Company and
     its  subsidiaries  to accrue at a rate which exceeds  twenty-five  thousand
     dollars  ($25,000)  of Fair Market Value of such stock  (determined  at the
     time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is
     outstanding at any time.

     4.   Offering  Periods.  The Plan  shall  be  implemented  by  consecutive,
overlapping  Offering Periods with the first Offering Period commencing with the
date on which the Company's registration statement on Form S-1 (or any successor
form thereof) is declared  effective by the Securities and Exchange  Commission.
The Board  shall  have the power to change  the  duration  of  Offering  Periods
(including  the  commencement  dates  thereof) with respect to future  offerings
without shareholder  approval if such change is announced at least five (5) days
prior to the scheduled  beginning of the first  Offering  Period to be affected.
Absent  action  by the  Board,  each  Offering  Period  shall be for a period of
approximately twenty-four months (24) and new Offering Periods shall commence on
the first  Trading Day of February and August of each year.  The first  Offering
Period  under  the Plan may be more or less  than  twenty-four  (24)  months  in
duration.

     5.   Participation.

          (a)  An  eligible  Employee  may become a  participant  in the Plan by
     completing a subscription  agreement authorizing payroll deductions (in the
     form of Exhibit A to this Plan) and  filing it with the  Company's  payroll
     office prior to the applicable Enrollment Date.

          (b)  Payroll  deductions for a participant shall commence on the first
     payroll  following the Enrollment Date and shall end on the last payroll in
     the  Offering  Period to which such  authorization  is  applicable,  unless
     sooner terminated by the participant as provided in Section 10 hereof.

     6.   Payroll Deductions.

          (a)  At  the  time  a  participant   files  his  or  her  subscription
     agreement,  he or she shall elect to have payroll  deductions  made on each
     pay day during the Offering  Period in an amount not  exceeding ten percent
     (10%) of the  Compensation  which he or she receives on each pay day during
     the Offering Period,  and the aggregate of such payroll  deductions  during
     the Offering Period shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the participant's
     Compensation during said Offering Period.

          (b)  All payroll  deductions made for a participant  shall be credited
     to his or her  account  under  the  Plan  and  will be  withheld  in  whole
     percentages  only. A participant may not make any additional  payments into
     such account.

          (c)  A participant  may discontinue  his or her  participation  in the
     Plan as provided in Section 10 hereof, or may increase or decrease the rate
     of his or her payroll  deductions during the Offering Period by filing with
     the Company a new  subscription  agreement  authorizing a change in payroll
     deduction  rate.  The Board  may,  in its  discretion,  limit the number of
     participation  rate changes during any Offering Period.  The change in rate
     shall be effective  with the first full payroll  period  following five (5)
     business days after the Company's receipt of the new subscription agreement
     unless the Company elects to process a given change in  participation  more
     quickly. A participant's  subscription agreement shall remain in effect for
     successive  Offering  Periods  unless  terminated as provided in Section 10
     hereof.

          (d)  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  to the extent necessary to comply
     with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(b) hereof, a participant's
     payroll  deductions  may be decreased to 0% if the following  should occur:
     For the Purchase Periods that end during a single calendar year, the sum of
     all payroll deductions that have been used to purchase stock under the Plan
     plus all payroll  deductions  accumulated  for the purchase of stock equals
     $21,250.  Payroll  deductions shall recommence at the rate provided in such
     participant's subscription agreement at the beginning of the first Purchase
     Period which is scheduled to end in the subsequent  calendar  year,  unless
     terminated by the participant as provided in Section 10 hereof.

          (e)  At the time the option is  exercised,  in whole or in part, or at
     the time some or all of the Company's Common Stock issued under the Plan is
     disposed of, the participant must make adequate provision for the Company's
     federal, state, or other tax withholding  obligations,  if any, which arise
     upon the exercise of the option or the  disposition of the Common Stock. At
     any time, the Company may, but will not be obligated to,  withhold from the
     participant's  compensation  the amount  necessary  for the Company to meet
     applicable withholding  obligations,  including any withholding required to
     make available to the Company any tax  deductions or benefits  attributable
     to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Employee.

     7.   Grant of Option. On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period,  each
eligible  Employee  participating  in such  Offering  Period shall be granted an
option  to  purchase  on the  Exercise  Date of  such  Offering  Period  (at the
applicable  Purchase  Price) up to a number of  shares of the  Company's  Common
Stock  determined by dividing such  Employee's  payroll  deductions  accumulated
prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Participant's  account as of the
Exercise  Date by the  applicable  Purchase  Price;  provided that such purchase
shall be subject to the  limitations  set forth in Sections  3(b) and 12 hereof.
Exercise of the option  shall occur as provided in Section 8 hereof,  unless the
participant  has withdrawn  pursuant to Section 10 hereof,  and the option shall
expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

     8.   Exercise of Option.  Unless a participant  withdraws  from the Plan as
provided in Section 10 hereof, his or her option for the purchase of shares will
be exercised  automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number of full
shares  subject to the option shall be  purchased  for such  participant  at the
applicable  Purchase Price with the accumulated payroll deductions in his or her
account.  No  fractional  shares  will  be  purchased;  any  payroll  deductions
accumulated  in a  participant's  account which are not sufficient to purchase a
full share  shall be retained in the  participant's  account for the  subsequent
Purchase Period, subject to earlier withdrawal by the participant as provided in
Section 10 hereof.  Any other monies left over in a participant's  account after
the Exercise Date shall be returned to the  participant.  During a participant's
lifetime,  a participant's  option to purchase  shares  hereunder is exercisable
only by him or her.

     9.   Delivery. As promptly as practicable after each Exercise Date on which
a purchase of shares  occurs,  the Company  shall  arrange the  delivery to each
participant,  as appropriate, of a certificate representing the shares purchased
upon exercise of his or her option.

     10.  Withdrawal; Termination of Employment.

          (a)  A participant  may withdraw all but not less than all the payroll
     deductions  credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his
     or her option  under the Plan at any time by giving  written  notice to the
     Company  in the form of Exhibit B to this  Plan.  All of the  participant's
     payroll  deductions  credited  to his or her  account  will be paid to such
     participant  promptly  after  receipt  of  notice  of  withdrawal  and such
     participant's   option  for  the  Offering  Period  will  be  automatically
     terminated,  and no further  payroll  deductions for the purchase of shares
     will be made during the Offering Period. If a participant withdraws from an
     Offering Period, payroll deductions will not resume at the beginning of the
     succeeding Offering Period unless the participant delivers to the Company a
     new subscription agreement.

          (b)  Upon a  participant's  ceasing to be an  Employee  (as defined in
     Section  2(g)  hereof),  for any reason,  including by virtue of him or her
     having failed to remain an Employee of the Company for at least twenty (20)
     hours  per week  during  a  Purchase  Period  in which  the  Employee  is a
     participant,  he or she will be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the
     Plan and the  payroll  deductions  credited to such  participant's  account
     during the Offering  Period but not yet used to exercise the option will be
     returned to such  participant  or, in the case of his or her death,  to the
     person or persons  entitled  thereto  under  Section  14  hereof,  and such
     participant's option will be automatically terminated.

     11.  Interest.  No interest  shall  accrue on the payroll  deductions  of a
participant in the Plan.

     12.  Stock.

          (a)  The maximum number of shares of the Company's  Common Stock which
     shall be made  available  for sale  under  the Plan  shall be four  hundred
     thousand  (1,150,000)  shares,   subject  to  adjustment  upon  changes  in
     capitalization  of the Company as  provided  in Section 18 hereof.  If on a
     given  Exercise Date the number of shares with respect to which options are
     to be exercised exceeds the number of shares then available under the Plan,
     the  Company  shall  make a pro rata  allocation  of the  shares  remaining
     available for purchase in as uniform a manner as shall be  practicable  and
     as it shall determine to be equitable.

          (b)  The  participant  will have no interest or voting right in shares
     covered by his option until such option has been exercised.

          (c)  Shares to be  delivered to a  participant  under the Plan will be
     registered in the name of the participant or in the name of the participant
     and his or her spouse.

     13.  Administration.

          (a)  Administrative  Body. The Plan shall be administered by the Board
     or a committee of members of the Board appointed by the Board. The Board or
     its  committee  shall have full and  exclusive  discretionary  authority to
     construe,  interpret  and  apply  the  terms  of  the  Plan,  to  determine
     eligibility  and to  adjudicate  all disputed  claims filed under the Plan.
     Every  finding,  decision  and  determination  made  by  the  Board  or its
     committee  shall, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding
     upon all  parties.  Members  of the Board who are  eligible  Employees  are
     permitted to participate in the Plan, provided that:

               (1)  Members of the Board who are eligible to  participate in the
          Plan may not vote on any matter  affecting the  administration  of the
          Plan or the grant of any option pursuant to the Plan.

               (2)  If a Committee is  established  to  administer  the Plan, no
          member of the Board who is eligible to  participate in the Plan may be
          a member of the Committee.

          (b)  Rule  16b-3  Limitations.   Notwithstanding   the  provisions  of
     Subsection (a) of this Section 13, in the event that Rule 16b-3 promulgated
     under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"),
     or any successor  provision ("Rule 16b-3") provides  specific  requirements
     for the  administrators  of plans  of this  type,  the  Plan  shall be only
     administered  by such a body and in such a manner as shall  comply with the
     applicable  requirements of Rule 16b-3.  Unless permitted by Rule 16b-3, no
     discretion concerning decisions regarding the Plan shall be afforded to any
     committee  or person  that is not  "disinterested"  as that term is used in
     Rule 16b-3.

     14.  Designation of Beneficiary.

          (a)  A participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who
     is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the  participant's  account
     under the Plan in the event of such  participant's  death  subsequent to an
     Exercise  Date on which the option is  exercised  but prior to  delivery to
     such  participant of such shares and cash. In addition,  a participant  may
     file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from
     the participant's account under the Plan in the event of such participant's
     death prior to exercise of the option.  If a participant is married and the
     designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent shall be required
     for such designation to be effective.

          (b)  Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the participant
     at any time by written  notice.  In the event of the death of a participant
     and in the absence of a beneficiary  validly  designated under the Plan who
     is  living  at the time of such  participant's  death,  the  Company  shall
     deliver  such shares  and/or cash to the executor or  administrator  of the
     estate of the participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been
     appointed  (to  the  knowledge  of  the  Company),   the  Company,  in  its
     discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one
     or more  dependents  or  relatives  of the  participant,  or if no  spouse,
     dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as
     the Company may designate.

     15.  Transferability.    Neither   payroll   deductions   credited   to   a
participant's account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or
to  receive  shares  under the Plan may be  assigned,  transferred,  pledged  or
otherwise  disposed of in any way (other  than by will,  the laws of descent and
distribution or as provided in Section 14 hereof) by the  participant.  Any such
attempt at assignment,  transfer,  pledge or other  disposition shall be without
effect,  except  that the  Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw
funds from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 10 hereof.

     16.  Use of Funds. All payroll  deductions  received or held by the Company
under the Plan may be used by the Company  for any  corporate  purpose,  and the
Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.

     17.  Reports.  Individual  accounts will be maintained for each participant
in the Plan.  Statements of account will be given to participating  Employees at
least  annually,  which  statements  will  set  forth  the  amounts  of  payroll
deductions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares purchased and the remaining
cash balance, if any.

     18.  Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization.

          (a)  Changes in Capitalization.  Subject to any required action by the
     shareholders of the Company, the Reserves as well as the price per share of
     Common  Stock  covered by each option under the Plan which has not yet been
     exercised shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in
     the number of issued shares of Common Stock  resulting  from a stock split,
     reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the
     Common Stock,  or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of
     Common Stock  effected  without  receipt of  consideration  by the Company;
     provided,  however,  that conversion of any  convertible  securities of the
     Company  shall  not be deemed to have been  "effected  without  receipt  of
     consideration".   Such  adjustment  shall  be  made  by  the  Board,  whose
     determination  in that  respect  shall be final,  binding  and  conclusive.
     Except as expressly  provided herein,  no issuance by the Company of shares
     of stock of any class,  or securities  convertible  into shares of stock of
     any class,  shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made
     with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common  Stock  subject to
     an option.

          (b)  Dissolution  or  Liquidation.   In  the  event  of  the  proposed
     dissolution  or  liquidation  of the  Company,  the  Offering  Periods will
     terminate  immediately  prior to the  consummation of such proposed action,
     unless otherwise provided by the Board.

          (c)  Merger or Asset Sale.  In the event of a proposed  sale of all or
     substantially  all of the  assets  of the  Company,  or the  merger  of the
     Company with or into another corporation,  each option under the Plan shall
     be assumed or an equivalent  option shall be  substituted by such successor
     corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation, unless
     the Board determines, in the exercise of its sole discretion and in lieu of
     such assumption or  substitution,  to shorten the Offering  Periods then in
     progress by setting a new  Exercise  Date (the "New  Exercise  Date") or to
     cancel each  outstanding  option to purchase and refund all sums  collected
     from participants during the Offering Period then in progress. If the Board
     shortens the Offering  Periods  then in progress in lieu of  assumption  or
     substitution  in the event of a merger or sale of assets,  the Board  shall
     notify each  participant in writing,  at least ten (10) business days prior
     to the New Exercise  Date,  that the Exercise  Date for his option has been
     changed  to the New  Exercise  Date and that his option  will be  exercised
     automatically  on the New Exercise  Date,  unless prior to such date he has
     withdrawn  from the Offering  Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.  For
     purposes  of this  paragraph,  an option  granted  under the Plan  shall be
     deemed to be assumed if, following the sale of assets or merger, the option
     confers  the right to  purchase,  for each  share of stock  subject  to the
     option immediately prior to the sale of assets or merger, the consideration
     (whether stock, cash or other securities or property)  received in the sale
     of assets or merger by  holders  of Common  Stock for each  share of Common
     Stock held on the effective  date of the  transaction  (and if such holders
     were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by
     the  holders  of a majority  of the  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock);
     provided,  however,  that if such  consideration  received  in the  sale of
     assets or merger was not solely common stock of the  successor  corporation
     or its parent (as  defined in Section  424(e) of the Code),  the Board may,
     with the consent of the successor corporation and the participant,  provide
     for the  consideration  to be  received  upon  exercise of the option to be
     solely  common stock of the  successor  corporation  or its parent equal in
     fair  market  value to the per share  consideration  received by holders of
     Common Stock and the sale of assets or merger.

               The Board may, if it so  determines  in the  exercise of its sole
     discretion,  also make provision for adjusting the Reserves, as well as the
     price per share of Common Stock covered by each outstanding  option, in the
     event the Company effects one or more  reorganizations,  recapitalizations,
     rights  offerings  or  other  increases  or  reductions  of  shares  of its
     outstanding   Common  Stock,   and  in  the  event  of  the  Company  being
     consolidated with or merged into any other corporation.

     19.  Amendment or Termination.

          (a)  The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time and for any
     reason  terminate  or amend the Plan.  Except as  provided  in  Section  18
     hereof, no such termination can affect options previously granted, provided
     that an Offering  Period may be terminated by the Board of Directors on any
     Exercise Date if the Board  determines  that the termination of the Plan is
     in the best  interests  of the  Company  and its  shareholders.  Except  as
     provided  in  Section 18 hereof,  no  amendment  may make any change in any
     option  theretofore  granted  which  adversely  affects  the  rights of any
     participant.  To the extent  necessary  to comply  with Rule 16b-3 or under
     Section 423 of the Code (or any  successor  rule or  provision or any other
     applicable  law  or  regulation),  the  Company  shall  obtain  shareholder
     approval in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

          (b)  Without  shareholder  consent and  without  regard to whether any
     participant rights may be considered to have been "adversely affected," the
     Board (or its committee) shall be entitled to change the Offering  Periods,
     limit the frequency  and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during
     an Offering  Period,  establish  the exchange  ratio  applicable to amounts
     withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars,  permit payroll withholding
     in excess of the amount  designated by a participant in order to adjust for
     delays or  mistakes  in the  Company's  processing  of  properly  completed
     withholding elections,  establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods
     and/or  accounting and crediting  procedures to ensure that amounts applied
     toward  the  purchase  of  Common  Stock  for  each  participant   properly
     correspond with amounts withheld from the participant's  Compensation,  and
     establish  such  other  limitations  or  procedures  as the  Board  (or its
     committee) determines in its sole discretion advisable which are consistent
     with the Plan.

     20.  Notices.  All notices or other  communications by a participant to the
Company under or in  connection  with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly
given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location,  or by
the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

     21.  Conditions  Upon  Issuance of Shares.  Shares shall not be issued with
respect to an option  unless the  exercise of such option and the  issuance  and
delivery of such  shares  pursuant  thereto  shall  comply  with all  applicable
provisions  of law,  domestic or foreign,  including,  without  limitation,  the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder,  and the requirements
of any stock  exchange  upon which the  shares may then be listed,  and shall be
further  subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such
compliance.

          As a condition to the  exercise of an option,  the Company may require
the person  exercising  such option to represent  and warrant at the time of any
such  exercise  that the  shares are being  purchased  only for  investment  and
without  any  present  intention  to sell or  distribute  such shares if, in the
opinion of counsel for the Company,  such a representation is required by any of
the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

     22.  Term of Plan.  The Plan shall  become  effective  upon the  earlier to
occur  of its  adoption  by the  Board  of  Directors  or  its  approval  by the
shareholders of the Company.  It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10)
years unless sooner terminated under Section 19 hereof.

     23.  Additional  Restrictions  of Rule 16b-3.  The terms and  conditions of
options granted  hereunder to, and the purchase of shares by, persons subject to
Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall comply with the  applicable  provisions  of
Rule  16b-3.  This Plan  shall be  deemed to  contain,  and such  options  shall
contain,  and the shares issued upon exercise  thereof shall be subject to, such
additional  conditions  and  restrictions  as may be  required  by Rule 16b-3 to
qualify for the  maximum  exemption  from  Section 16 of the  Exchange  Act with
respect to Plan transactions.

     24.  Automatic  Transfer  to Low  Price  Offering  Period.  To  the  extent
permitted by Rule 16b-3 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  if
the Fair Market Value of the Common  Stock on any  Exercise  Date in an Offering
Period is lower than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Enrollment
Date of such Offering  Period,  then all  participants  in such Offering  Period
shall be automatically withdrawn from such Offering Period immediately after the
exercise of their options on such Exercise Date and automatically re-enrolled in
the immediately following Offering Period as of the first day thereof.


                                    EXHIBIT A

                                ACTEL CORPORATION
                        1993 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

                             SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

__________ Original Application          Enrollment Date: ______________________
__________ Change in Payroll Deduction Rate
__________ Change of Beneficiary(ies)

     1.   ____________________________________________________  hereby elects to
participate  in the Actel  Corporation  1993 Employee  Stock  Purchase Plan (the
"Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan")  and  subscribes  to  purchase  shares of the
Company's  Common Stock in accordance with this  Subscription  Agreement and the
Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

     2.   I hereby authorize payroll deductions from each paycheck in the amount
of _________% of my  Compensation  on each payday (not to exceed 10%) during the
Offering  Period in accordance  with the Employee Stock  Purchase Plan.  (Please
note that no fractional percentages are permitted.)

     3.   I understand that said payroll deductions shall be accumulated for the
purchase of shares of Common Stock at the applicable  Purchase Price  determined
in accordance  with the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. I understand  that if I do
not withdraw from an Offering Period, any accumulated payroll deductions will be
used to automatically exercise my option.

     4.   I  have  received  a copy  of the  complete  "Actel  Corporation  1993
Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan."  I  understand  that my  participation  in the
Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan is in all  respects  subject to the terms of the
Plan.  I  understand  that the grant of the  option by the  Company  under  this
Subscription  Agreement  is subject to  obtaining  shareholder  approval  of the
Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

     5.   Shares  purchased for me under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan should
be  issued  in  the  name(s)  of  (Employee   or  Employee  and  Spouse   Only):
_______________________________________________________________________________.

     6.   I understand  that if I dispose of any shares  received by me pursuant
to the Plan  within 2 years  after the  Enrollment  Date  (the  first day of the
Offering  Period  during  which I purchased  such  shares) or one year after the
Exercise  Date,  I will be treated  for  federal  income tax  purposes as having
received  ordinary income at the time of such  disposition in an amount equal to
the excess of the fair  market  value of the shares at the time such shares were
purchased  over the price which I paid for the shares.  I hereby agree to notify
the Company in writing  within 30 days after the date of any  disposition  of my
shares  and I will  make  adequate  provision  for  Federal,  state or other tax
withholding obligations,  if any, which arise upon the disposition of the Common
Stock.  The  Company  may,  but  will  not be  obligated  to,  withhold  from my
compensation the amount necessary to meet any applicable  withholding obligation
including  any  withholding  necessary to make  available to the Company any tax
deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock
by me.  If I dispose  of such  shares at any time  after the  expiration  of the
2-year and 1-year  holding  periods,  I  understand  that I will be treated  for
federal income tax purposes as having  received  income only at the time of such
disposition,  and that such income will be taxed as ordinary  income only to the
extent of an amount  equal to the  lesser of (1) the  excess of the fair  market
value of the  shares at the time of such  disposition  over the  purchase  price
which I paid for the shares,  or (2) 15% of the fair market  value of the shares
on the first day of the Offering  Period.  The  remainder  of the gain,  if any,
recognized on such disposition will be taxed as capital gain.

     7.   I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Employee Stock Purchase
Plan.  The  effectiveness  of this  Subscription  Agreement is dependent upon my
eligibility to participate in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

     8.   In the event of my  death,  I hereby  designate  the  following  as my
beneficiary  to receive all payments and shares due me under the Employee  Stock
Purchase Plan (if you wish to designate more than one  beneficiary,  execute and
deliver copies of this page):

                                  PLEASE PRINT!

NAME:___________________________________________________________________________
           (First)              (Middle)               (Last)

_______________________________________
           Relationship
                                        ________________________________________
                                        ________________________________________
                                        ________________________________________
                                                       (Address)

     I  UNDERSTAND  THAT  THIS  SUBSCRIPTION  AGREEMENT  SHALL  REMAIN IN EFFECT
THROUGHOUT SUCCESSIVE OFFERING PERIODS UNLESS TERMINATED BY ME.


Dated:_________________________________ ________________________________________
                                                 Signature of Employee

                                        ________________________________________
                                                   Spouse's Signature
                                           (If beneficiary other than spouse)


                                    EXHIBIT B

                                ACTEL CORPORATION

                        1993 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

                              NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL


     The undersigned participant in the Offering Period of the Actel Corporation
1993 Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan which began on  __________________________,
19_____  (the  "Enrollment  Date")  hereby  notifies  the Company that he or she
hereby withdraws from the Offering Period.  He or she hereby directs the Company
to pay to the undersigned as promptly as practicable all the payroll  deductions
credited  to his or her  account  with  respect  to such  Offering  Period.  The
undersigned  understands  and agrees  that his or her  option for such  Offering
Period will be automatically  terminated.  The undersigned  understands  further
that no further  payroll  deductions  will be made for the purchase of shares in
the current Offering Period and the undersigned shall be eligible to participate
in  succeeding  Offering  Periods  only  by  delivering  to  the  Company  a new
Subscription Agreement.

                                        ________________________________________
                                        ________________________________________
                                        ________________________________________
                                        ________________________________________
                                            (Name and Address of Participant)

                                        ________________________________________
                                                       (Signature)

                                        ________________________________________
                                                          (Date)



                                ACTEL CORPORATION

                     1995 EMPLOYEE AND CONSULTANT STOCK PLAN

                   Amended and Restated as of October 18, 1996


     1.   Purposes of the Plan.  The  purposes of this Stock Plan are to attract
and retain the best available  personnel for employee and consultant  positions,
to provide  additional  incentive to such  persons,  and to thereby  promote the
success of the Company's business.

          All options granted  hereunder  shall be  Nonstatutory  Stock Options.
Stock bonuses may also be granted hereunder.

     2.   Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

          (a)  "Administrator" means the Board or any of its Committees as shall
     be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

          (b)  "Applicable  Laws" means the legal  requirements  relating to the
     administration  of stock option plans under state  corporate and securities
     laws and the Code.

          (c)  "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          (d)  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          (e)  Committee" means a Committee appointed by the Board in accordance
     with Section 4 of the Plan.

          (f)  "Common Stock" means the Common Stock of the Company.

          (g)  "Company" means Actel Corporation, a California corporation.

          (h)  "Consultant"  means any person or entity who renders  services to
     the Company or any Parent or  Subsidiary  of the  Company in  exchange  for
     compensation and in a capacity other than as an Employee.

          (i)  "Continuous  Status as an Employee or Consultant"  means that the
     consulting  relationship  is not  interrupted or terminated by the Company,
     any Parent or  Subsidiary.  Continuous  Status as an Employee or Consultant
     shall  not be  considered  interrupted  in the  case of:  (i) any  leave of
     absence  approved by the  Administrator,  including  sick  leave,  military
     leave, or any other personal leave; or (ii) transfers  between locations of
     the Company or between the Company,  its Parent,  its Subsidiaries,  or its
     successor.

          (j)  "Director" means a member of the Board.

          (k)  "Disability"  means total and permanent  disability as defined in
     Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

          (l)  "Employee"  means any person,  including  Officers and Directors,
     employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither
     service as a Director nor payment of a director's  fee by the Company shall
     be sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company.

          (m)  "Exchange  Act" means the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
     amended.

          (n)  "Fair Market  Value" means,  as of any date,  the value of Common
     Stock determined as follows:

               (i)  If the  Common  Stock is  listed  on any  established  stock
          exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the
          National  Market  System of the  National  Association  of  Securities
          Dealers,  Inc. Automated Quotation  ("NASDAQ") System, the Fair Market
          Value of a Share of Common Stock shall be the closing  sales price for
          such stock (or the closing  bid, if no sales were  reported) as quoted
          on such system or exchange (or the exchange  with the greatest  volume
          of trading in Common  Stock) on the last  market  trading day prior to
          the day of  determination,  as reported in The Wall Street  Journal or
          such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

              (ii)  If the Common Stock is quoted on the NASDAQ  System (but not
          on the National  Market  System  thereof) or is regularly  quoted by a
          recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported,  the
          Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock shall be the mean between
          the high bid and low asked  prices  for the  Common  Stock on the last
          market trading day prior to the day of  determination,  as reported in
          The Wall  Street  Journal  or such other  source as the  Administrator
          deems reliable;

             (iii)  In the  absence  of an  established  market  for the  Common
          Stock,  the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the
          Administrator.

          (o)  "Nonstatutory  Stock  Option"  means an Option  not  intended  to
     qualify as an Incentive  Stock Option  within the meaning of Section 422 of
     the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

          (p)  "Notice of Grant" means a written notice evidencing certain terms
     and conditions of an individual  Option. The Notice of Grant is part of the
     Option Agreement.

          (q)  "Officer"  means a person who is an officer of the Company within
     the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
     promulgated thereunder.

          (r)  "Option"  means a stock option or a stock bonus granted  pursuant
     to the Plan.

          (s)  "Option  Agreement"  means a written  agreement  between the
     Company  and  an  Optionee  evidencing  the  terms  and  conditions  of  an
     individual  Option grant.  The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and
     conditions of the Plan.

          (t)  "Option  Exchange  Program" means a program  whereby  outstanding
     options are  surrendered  in exchange  for  options  with a lower  exercise
     price.

          (u)  "Optioned Stock" means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

          (v)  "Optionee"   means  an  Employee  or  Consultant   who  holds  an
     outstanding Option.

          (w)  "Parent" means a "parent  corporation",  whether now or hereafter
     existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

          (x)  "Plan" means this 1995 Employee and Consultant Stock Plan.

          (y)  "Share"  means  a share  of the  Common  Stock,  as  adjusted  in
     accordance with Section 12 of the Plan.

          (z)  "Subsidiary"  means a  "subsidiary  corporation",  whether now or
     hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

     3.   Stock Subject to the Plan.  Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of
the Plan, the maximum  aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and sold
under the Plan is one million  (1,000,000) Shares. The Shares may be authorized,
but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

          If an Option  expires or becomes  unexercisable  without  having  been
exercised in full, or is surrendered  pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, or
if reacquired,  the unpurchased or reacquired  Shares shall become available for
future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated).

     4.   Administration of the Plan.

          (a)  Procedure.  The Plan  shall be  administered  by (i) the Board or
     (ii) a  committee  designated  by  the  Board,  which  committee  shall  be
     constituted to satisfy  Applicable  Laws.  Once  appointed,  such Committee
     shall serve in its  designated  capacity  until  otherwise  directed by the
     Board.  The  Board  may  increase  the size of the  Committee  and  appoint
     additional  members,  remove members (with or without cause) and substitute
     new members, fill vacancies (however caused), and remove all members of the
     Committee and  thereafter  directly  administer the Plan, all to the extent
     permitted by Applicable Laws.

          (b)  Powers of the  Administrator.  Subject to the  provisions  of the
     Plan,  and in the  case of a  committee,  subject  to the  specific  duties
     delegated by the Board to such Committee,  the Administrator shall have the
     authority, in its discretion:

               (i)  to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common  Stock,  in
          accordance with Section 2(n) of the Plan;

              (ii)  to select the Employees and  Consultants to whom Options may
          be granted hereunder;

             (iii)  to determine  whether and to what extent Options are granted
          hereunder;

              (iv)  to  determine  the  number of  shares of Common  Stock to be
          covered by each Option granted hereunder;

               (v)  to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

              (vi)  to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with
          the terms of the Plan, of any award granted hereunder.  Such terms and
          conditions  include,  but are not limited to, the exercise price,  the
          time or times when  Options  may be  exercised  (which may be based on
          performance   criteria),   any  vesting   acceleration  or  waiver  of
          forfeiture  restrictions,  and any restriction or limitation regarding
          any Option or the shares of Common Stock  relating  thereto,  based in
          each  case  on  such  factors  as  the  Administrator,   in  its  sole
          discretion, shall determine;

             (vii)  to  reduce  the  exercise  price of any  Option  to the then
          current Fair Market Value if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock
          covered by such Option shall have  declined  since the date the Option
          was granted;

            (viii)  to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan;

              (ix)  to  prescribe,  amend,  and  rescind  rules and  regulations
          relating to the Plan;

               (x)  to modify or amend each Option  (subject to Section 14(c) of
          the Plan);

              (xi)  to authorize  any person to execute on behalf of the Company
          any  instrument  required to effect the grant of an Option  previously
          granted by the Administrator;

             (xii)  to institute an Option Exchange Program;

            (xiii)  to  determine  the  terms  and  restrictions  applicable  to
          Options; and

             (xiv)  to  make  all  other  determinations   deemed  necessary  or
          advisable for administering the Plan.

          (c)  Effect   of   Administrator's   Decision.   The   Administrator's
     decisions,  determinations,  and interpretations shall be final and binding
     on all Optionees and any other holders of Options.

     5.   Eligibility.  Options  under the Plan may be granted only to Employees
or Consultants who are not Directors or Officers.  An Employee or Consultant who
has been granted an Option may, if he or she is otherwise  eligible,  be granted
additional Options.

     6.   Limitations.

          (a)  Each  Option  shall be  designated  in the  Notice  of Grant as a
     Nonstatutory Stock Option.

          (b)  Neither the Plan nor any Option shall confer upon an Optionee any
     right with respect to continuing  the  Optionee's  employment or consulting
     relationship with the Company, nor shall they interfere in any way with the
     Optionee's  right or the Company's  right to terminate  such  employment or
     consulting relationship at any time, with or without cause.

     7.   Term of Plan.  The Plan shall become  effective  upon  adoption by the
Board.  It  shall  continue  in  effect  for a term  of ten  (10)  years  unless
terminated earlier under Section 14 of the Plan.

     8.   Term of Option.  The term of each Option shall be stated in the Notice
of Grant.

     9.   Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

          (a)  Exercise Price.  The per share exercise price (which in the event
     of a stock  bonus  shall be zero) for the Shares to be issued  pursuant  to
     exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Administrator.

          (b)  Waiting Period and Exercise  Dates.  At the time an Option
         is granted,  the  Administrator  shall fix the period  within which the
         Option may be exercised and shall  determine any conditions  which must
         be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

          (c)  Form of  Consideration.  The  Administrator  shall  determine the
     acceptable form of  consideration  for exercising an Option,  including the
     method of payment. Such consideration may consist entirely of:

               (i)  cash;

              (ii)  check;

             (iii)  promissory note;

              (iv)  other  Shares that have a Fair  Market  Value on the date of
          surrender  equal to the aggregate  exercise  price of the Shares as to
          which  said  Option  shall be  exercised  and,  in the case of  Shares
          acquired upon  exercise of an option,  have been owned by the Optionee
          for more than six months on the date of surrender;

               (v)  delivery of a properly  executed  exercise  notice  together
          with such other  documentation as the Administrator and the broker, if
          applicable,  shall  require  to effect an  exercise  of the Option and
          delivery to the Company of the sale or loan  proceeds  required to pay
          the exercise price;

              (vi)  any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or

             (vii)  such  other  consideration  and  method of  payment  for the
          issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

     10.  Exercise of Option.

          (a)  Procedure  for  Exercise;  Rights as a  Shareholder.  Any  Option
     granted  hereunder shall be exercisable  according to the terms of the Plan
     and  at  such  times  and  under  such  conditions  as  determined  by  the
     Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement.

               An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

               An Option shall be deemed  exercised  when the Company  receives:
     (i) written  notice of exercise (in accordance  with the Option  Agreement)
     from the person entitled to exercise the Option,  and (ii) full payment for
     the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised.  Full payment may
     consist  of any  consideration  and  method of  payment  authorized  by the
     Administrator  and permitted by the Option  Agreement and the Plan.  Shares
     issued  upon  exercise  of an  Option  shall be  issued  in the name of the
     Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee,  in the name of the Optionee and
     his or her spouse.  Until the stock  certificate  evidencing such Shares is
     issued (as evidenced by the  appropriate  entry on the books of the Company
     or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or
     receive  dividends  or any other rights as a  shareholder  shall exist with
     respect to the Optioned Stock,  notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.
     The  Company  shall  issue (or cause to be issued)  such stock  certificate
     promptly  after the Option is exercised.  No adjustment  will be made for a
     dividend  or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the
     stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 12 hereof.

               Exercising  an Option in any manner shall  decrease the number of
     Shares  thereafter  available,  both for  purposes of the Plan and for sale
     under the  Option,  by the  number  of  Shares  as to which  the  Option is
     exercised.

          (b)  Termination  of  Consulting  Relationship.  In the event  that an
     Optionee's Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant  terminates,  the
     Optionee  may  exercise  his or her Option,  but only within such period of
     time as is determined by the Administrator, and only to the extent that the
     Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of termination  (but in no
     event later than the  expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in
     the Notice of Grant).  If, at the date of termination,  the Optionee is not
     entitled to exercise his or her entire  Option,  the Shares  covered by the
     unexercisable  portion of the Option  shall  revert to the Plan.  If, after
     termination,  the Optionee (or,  after  Optionee's  death,  the  Optionee's
     estate or a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest
     or  inheritance)  does  not  exercise  his or her  Option  within  the time
     specified by the Administrator,  the Option shall terminate, and the Shares
     covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

     11.  Non-Transferability  of Options.  An Option may not be sold,  pledged,
assigned, hypothecated,  transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by
will or by the laws of descent or distribution, and may not be exercised, during
the lifetime of the Optionee,  by any person  except the  Optionee,  without the
prior written consent of the Administrator.

     12.  Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Dissolution, Merger, Asset
Sale. or Change of Control.

          (a)  Changes in Capitalization.  Subject to any required action by the
     shareholders  of the Company,  the number of shares of Common Stock covered
     by each outstanding  Option, and the number of shares of Common Stock which
     have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options
     have  yet been  granted  or  which  have  been  returned  to the Plan  upon
     cancellation or expiration of an Option,  as well as the price per share of
     Common  Stock   covered  by  each  such   outstanding   Option,   shall  be
     proportionately  adjusted  for any  increase  or  decrease in the number of
     issued shares of Common Stock  resulting from a stock split,  reverse stock
     split,  stock  dividend,  combination,  or  reclassification  of the Common
     Stock,  or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of
     Common Stock  effected  without  receipt of  consideration  by the Company;
     provided,  however,  that conversion of any  convertible  securities of the
     Company  shall  not be deemed to have been  "effected  without  receipt  of
     consideration."   Such  adjustment  shall  be  made  by  the  Board,  whose
     determination  in that respect  shall be final,  binding,  and  conclusive.
     Except as expressly  provided herein,  no issuance by the Company of shares
     of stock of any class,  or securities  convertible  into shares of stock of
     any class,  shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made
     with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common  Stock  subject to
     an Option.

          (b)  Dissolution  or  Liquidation.   In  the  event  of  the  proposed
     dissolution or liquidation of the Company, to the extent that an Option has
     not been previously  exercised,  it will terminate immediately prior to the
     consummation of such proposed action. The Board may, in the exercise of its
     sole discretion in such instances,  declare that any Option shall terminate
     as of a date  fixed  by the  Board  and give  each  Optionee  the  right to
     exercise  his or her  Option as to all or any part of the  Optioned  Stock,
     including Shares as to which the Option would not otherwise be exercisable.

          (c)  Merger or Asset Sale. Except as otherwise specified in individual
     option  agreements,  in the event of a merger of the  Company  with or into
     another corporation,  or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the
     Company,  each outstanding  Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option
     or right shall be substituted  by the successor  corporation or a Parent or
     Subsidiary  of the successor  corporation.  In the event that the successor
     corporation  does not  agree to  assume  the  Option  or to  substitute  an
     equivalent  option or right,  the  Option  shall  become  fully  vested and
     exercisable as to all of the Optioned Stock,  including  Shares as to which
     it would not otherwise be  exercisable.  If an Option  becomes fully vested
     and  exercisable  in lieu of assumption or  substitution  in the event of a
     merger or sale of assets, the Administrator  shall notify the Optionee that
     the Option  shall be fully  exercisable  for a period of fifteen  (15) days
     from  the date of such  notice,  and the  Option  will  terminate  upon the
     expiration of such period.

     13.  Date of  Grant.  The date of  grant of an  Option  shall  be,  for all
purposes,  the date on which the Administrator makes the determination  granting
such option, or such later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of
the  determination  shall be provided to each Optionee  within a reasonable time
after the date of such grant.

     14.  Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

          (a)  Amendment  and  Termination.  The  Board  may at any time  amend,
     alter, suspend, or terminate the Plan.

          (b)  Shareholder  Approval.   The  Company  shall  obtain  shareholder
     approval of any Plan  amendment to the extent  necessary  and  desirable to
     comply  with  any  applicable  law,  rule,  or  regulation,  including  the
     requirements of any exchange or quotation  system on which the Common Stock
     is listed or quoted.  Such  shareholder  approval,  if  required,  shall be
     obtained  in such a  manner  and to such a  degree  as is  required  by the
     applicable law, rule, or regulation.

          (c)  Effect of Amendment or  Termination.  No  amendment,  alteration,
     suspension,  or  termination  of the Plan  shall  impair  the rights of any
     Optionee,  unless  mutually agreed  otherwise  between the Optionee and the
     Administrator,  which  agreement  must  be in  writing  and  signed  by the
     Optionee and the Company.

     15.  Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

          (a)  Legal  Compliance.  Shares  shall not be issued  pursuant  to the
     exercise of an Option  unless the  exercise of such Option and the issuance
     and delivery of such Shares shall  comply with all relevant  provisions  of
     law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
     the  Exchange  Act,  the  rules  and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,
     Applicable  Laws, and the  requirements  of any stock exchange or quotation
     system  upon which the  Shares  may then be listed or quoted,  and shall be
     further  subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to
     such compliance.

          (b)  Investment Representations.  As a condition to the exercise of an
     Option,  the  Company  may  require  the person  exercising  such Option to
     represent  and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are
     being  purchased only for  investment and without any present  intention to
     sell or  distribute  such  Shares if, in the  opinion  of  counsel  for the
     Company, such a representation is required.

     16.  Liability of Company.

          (a)  Inability to Obtain  Authority.  The  inability of the Company to
     obtain  authority  from any  regulatory  body  having  jurisdiction,  which
     authority is deemed by the Company's  counsel to be necessary to the lawful
     issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any
     liability  in  respect of the  failure  to issue or sell such  Shares as to
     which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

          (b)  Grants Exceeding  Allotted Shares.  If the Optioned Stock covered
     by an Option exceeds,  as of the date of grant,  the number of Shares which
     may be issued under the Plan without additional shareholder approval,  such
     Option shall be void with  respect to such excess  Optioned  Stock,  unless
     shareholder approval of an amendment sufficiently  increasing the number of
     Shares  subject to the Plan is timely  obtained in accordance  with Section
     14(b) of the Plan.

     17.  Reservation of Shares. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will
at all  times  reserve  and keep  available  such  number  of Shares as shall be
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.


                                LICENSE AGREEMENT


     This License  Agreement  (the  "Agreement")  is entered into as of March 6,
1995 (the "Effective Date") by and between BTR, Inc., a Nevada  Corporation (the
"Licensor"), and Actel Corporation, a California corporation (the "Licensee").

                                    Recitals

     (a)  Licensor  has  developed  a  proprietary  architecture  for  FPGAs and
Multichip  Modules.  (Unless  otherwise  defined in this Agreement,  capitalized
terms herein are as defined in Exhibit A to this Agreement).

     (b)  Licensee  desires:  (i) to develop such  architecture  for use in such
FPGAs and Multichip Modules, and (ii) to license such proprietary technology for
use in FPGAs and Multichip Modules and in other integrated circuits.

     (c) Licensor is willing to license such proprietary  technology to Licensee
for such  development  and use, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth in this Agreement.

                                    Agreement

     In  consideration  of the  foregoing  and the  covenants  contained in this
Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

     1.   License.

          1.1  Grant of License.  Licensor  hereby grants to Licensee  under all
     intellectual property rights of Licensor, now owned or, to the extent it is
     not  prohibited  from  licensing  such  right,  hereafter  acquired  (a) an
     exclusive (except as it may subsequently  become  non-exclusive as provided
     in Section 6 below),  worldwide,  perpetual license to develop,  make, have
     made, use, offer for sale and sell,  design,  modify and create  derivative
     works of Licensed Devices,  and (b) a non-exclusive,  worldwide,  perpetual
     license to develop,  make, have made, use, offer for sale and sell, design,
     modify and create  derivative  works of Products  (such  licenses  shall be
     hereinafter referred to, collectively, as the "License").

          1.2  Improvements.  If Licensor makes any  Improvements  to any of the
     Technology,  Licensor shall promptly  thereafter (so long as the License is
     in effect) provide to Licensee such information, in reasonable detail, with
     respect to such Improvements as is reasonably  necessary to permit Licensee
     to incorporate such Improvements in Licensed Devices or Products.

          1.3  Assignment and Sublicensing.  Licensee shall not sell, assign, or
     transfer any of its rights or obligations  under this Agreement without the
     prior written consent of Licensor,  except for any such sale, assignment or
     transfer  that  occurs  as a result  of a Change of  Control  of  Licensee.
     Licensee  shall  have the  right to grant  one or more  sublicenses  of its
     rights  under the  License,  other than with  respect  to the  development,
     making,  use,  offer for sale or sale of any  Emulation/Simulation  Device;
     provided,  however, (a) that the sublicensee under each such sublicense, as
     a condition to the  effectiveness of such  sublicense,  shall agree, in the
     written agreement  memorializing such sublicense,  to be bound by the terms
     and  conditions  of  Section 4 of  Exhibit  "A" hereto as it relates to the
     Technology,  and (b)  Licensee  shall  be  obligated  to pay  royalties  to
     Licensor  with  respect to the sale of any  Licensed  Devices  or  Products
     permitted  by any  such  sublicense  equal  to the  product  of (i) the Net
     Receipts  received by the third party which sells such Licensed  Devices or
     Products to the user thereof,  and (ii) the  applicable  exclusive  royalty
     rate under this Agreement.  Each such sublicense shall be memorialized in a
     written agreement with the sublicensee,  a copy of which agreement shall be
     delivered to Licensor promptly after it becoming effective,  which provides
     that (x) such  sublicensee has no right to further  sublicense or assign or
     otherwise  transfer  such  sublicense,  and (y) the pricing of all Licensed
     Devices and Products  subject to such sublicense  shall be determined on an
     "arms' length basis."

     2.   Development of Licensed Device.

          2.1  Delivery of Technology.  Promptly  after the Effective  Date, and
     from  time-to-time  thereafter,  Licensor  shall  deliver to Licensee  such
     tangible  information  concerning the Technology as Licensee may reasonably
     require to understand  the  Technology  and implement the Technology in the
     design  of  Licensed  Devices.  Such  tangible  information  shall  include
     schematics  of the FPGA  Architecture  and a portion  of the  layout  for a
     device employing the FPGA Architecture.

          2.2  Development  Activities.  Licensee shall be  responsible  for the
     development of Licensed  Devices,  and will engage in good faith efforts to
     develop, manufacture and sell Licensed Devices. Such responsibilities shall
     include the management and direction of such development  program.  So long
     as the License with respect to Licensed Devices remains exclusive, Licensor
     shall use good faith efforts to support such development program.

     3.   Initial Payments for License.

          3.1  Advance Minimum Royalties.  As consideration for the grant of the
     License,  Licensee  shall  pay to  Licensor  the  following  non-refundable
     advance minimum royalties from the Effective Date until Tapeout.

                       [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED]

               The first of the above-described monthly advance royalty payments
     shall be made on the Effective Date, and each  subsequent  payment shall be
     made on the first Business Day of each of the succeeding months.

          3.2  Termination  of Agreement.  At any time,  beginning  three months
     after the Effective Date and prior to Tapeout,  Licensee may terminate this
     Agreement,  and its obligation to make the advance minimum royalty payments
     described  above,  effective 30 days after it gives Licensor written notice
     of such termination.

     4.   Royalties.

          4.1  Additional  Advance Minimum  Royalties.  As consideration for the
     grant of the  License,  after  Tapeout (and subject to Section 4.3 hereof),
     Licensee shall pay Licensor,  as non-refundable  advance minimum royalties,
     the amount, if any, by which (i) the amount due under Section 4.2 below for
     each month exceeds (ii) [CONFIDENTIAL  TREATMENT  REQUESTED] beginning with
     the [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED] anniversary of Product Introduction,
     so long as the License with respect to Licensed Devices is exclusive).  The
     first of such payments shall be made on the first Business Day of the month
     immediately  succeeding  the last month  during  which the advance  minimum
     royalty  payments under Section 3.1 are made, and each  subsequent  payment
     shall be made on the first Business Day of each of the  succeeding  months.
     Each of the advance  minimum  royalty  payments  under Section 3.1 above or
     under this  Section 4.1  (collectively,  the  "Advance  Payments")  and the
     lesser  of (a)  [CONFIDENTIAL  TREATMENT  REQUESTED]  and  (b)  the  direct
     expenditures of Licensee for the  development of two Product  Families (but
     no more than [CONFIDENTIAL  TREATMENT  REQUESTED] with respect to the first
     Product Family and [CONFIDENTIAL  TREATMENT  REQUESTED] with respect to the
     second  Product  Family)  (collectively,  with the  Advance  Payments,  the
     "Recoupable Payments"), shall be creditable against royalties payable under
     Section  4.2  below.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  (y)  prior  to  the
     [CONFIDENTIAL  TREATMENT  REQUESTED]  anniversary of Product  Introduction,
     Licensee may only credit Recoupable  Payments in an amount not in excess of
     [CONFIDENTIAL  TREATMENT  REQUESTED] of the royalty  payments,  pursuant to
     Section 4.2 below, in excess of [CONFIDENTIAL  TREATMENT  REQUESTED] in any
     quarter,  payable with respect to the applicable  royalty  period,  and (z)
     subsequent to the [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED] anniversary of Product
     Introduction,  Licensee may only credit [CONFIDENTIAL  TREATMENT REQUESTED]
     of the  royalty  payments,  pursuant  to Section  4.2  below,  in excess of
     [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED] in any quarter,  payable with respect to
     the applicable royalty period.

          4.2  Current Royalties.  As partial consideration for the grant of the
     License,  Licensee  shall  pay to  Licensor  a  royalty  on each  sale of a
     Licensed  Device or Product by Licensee or any of its  sublicensees  (under
     clause  (a) of  Section  1.3  above)  in an amount  equal to the  following
     applicable  percentage (based on whether the License  applicable thereto is
     exclusive or non-exclusive on the date of sale thereof) of the Net Receipts
     from the sale of such  Licensed  Device or Product  (the  "Royalty").  Each
     Royalty (a) so long as the  License  with  respect to  Licensed  Devices is
     exclusive,  shall be paid  quarterly,  within 45 days after the last day of
     the quarter during which the sale giving rise to such Royalty occurred,  or
     (b) upon such license becoming non-exclusive, shall be paid monthly, within
     15 days after the last day of each month,  based on  Licensee's  reasonable
     estimate  of  the  sales  giving  rise  to a  Royalty  during  such  month.
     Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the monthly  royalties payable pursuant to
     clause (b) above with respect to a successive three month period may not be
     less than the actual average monthly royalties paid (after  adjustment,  as
     described below) with respect to the immediately preceding successive three
     month  period.  Licensee  shall  calculate  the  actual  royalties  payable
     pursuant to clause (b) above for each successive  three month period during
     which such Royalties are payable,  and shall pay such  Royalties,  less the
     estimated Royalties paid with respect to such period, to Licensor within 45
     days after the end of such period. In the event Licensee overpays Royalties
     with  respect  to any  period  and gives  Licensor  written  notice of such
     overpayment,  and a calculation, in reasonable detail, of such overpayment,
     Licensee shall have the right to credit such overpayment against subsequent
     payments of Royalties. Each payment of Royalties (after any such crediting)
     hereunder  shall  be  reduced  by  the  amounts   creditable  against  such
     Royalties, as provided in Section 4.1 above.

                       [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED]

          4.3  Cancellation of Exclusivity.  At any time after the [CONFIDENTIAL
     TREATMENT REQUESTED]  anniversary of the Effective Date, Licensee may cause
     the License with respect to Licensed  Devices to become  non-exclusive,  by
     giving Licensor  written notice of its cancellation of the exclusive nature
     of such license, 15 months after Licensor's receipt of such written notice.
     Upon Licensor's receipt of such written notice, the minimum advance monthly
     royalty  payment  described  in  Sections  4.1 above  shall be  reduced  to
     [CONFIDENTIAL  TREATMENT  REQUESTED].  After such 15 month  period has run,
     Licensor shall no longer be obligated to pay any such advance royalties and
     shall no longer be  entitled  to credit any  Recoupable  Payments  not then
     credited.

          4.4  Set-Off.  In the event Licensor does not timely pay any amount it
     is obligated to pay to Licensee under this Agreement and fails to cure such
     failure within 20 days of receiving written notice,  in reasonable  detail,
     of such failure, Licensee shall have the right to set-off against such past
     due amount any royalty  payment it is obligated  to pay to Licensor,  up to
     the amount of such past due amount.  Notwithstanding any implication to the
     contrary herein, Licensee's set-off rights shall not permit it to avoid its
     obligations to pay advance  minimum monthly  royalties  pursuant to Section
     3.1 and 4.1 above.

          4.5  Deferral.  In the event a Third Party  Claim,  in the form of the
     filing and  serving  of a  complaint  instituting  a legal  proceeding,  is
     initiated,  Licensee  shall have the right to defer the payment to Licensor
     of  Royalties   otherwise  payable  under  Section  4.2  above  after  such
     initiation (up to the aggregate  damages  claimed in such  complaint,  if a
     specific amount of damages is claimed in such  complaint)  until such legal
     proceedings are dismissed,  the defendant(s)  therein is granted a judgment
     in its favor  (including,  without  limitation,  summary  judgment)  on all
     claims  therein,  or such legal  proceedings are settled  (collectively,  a
     "Terminating Event"). All such deferred Royalty payments shall be paid into
     an  escrow  account,  in the  name  of  Licensor  and  Licensee,  at a bank
     reasonably  acceptable to Licensor and shall be invested in a succession of
     90-day  certificate  of deposits  until  payable  under this Section 4.5 to
     Licensor and/or Licensee.  Upon the occurrence of a Terminating  Event, all
     funds in such account shall be paid to Licensor within 30 days  thereafter.
     Licensee shall grant Licensor a first priority perfecting security interest
     in the funds in such  account,  pursuant to a security  agreement and other
     required documentation reasonably acceptable to Licensor. Licensee shall be
     entitled to draw upon the funds in such account to the extent  necessary to
     reimburse it for any amounts to which it is entitled  under  Section 3.2 of
     Exhibit "A" hereto in connection  with such legal  proceedings  if Licensor
     fails to pay such amounts within 30 days of receiving a written notice,  in
     reasonable  detail,  setting  forth the  components,  by dollar  amount and
     description,  of  such  amounts.  Notwithstanding  any  implication  to the
     contrary  herein,  Licensee's  deferral rights shall not permit it to avoid
     its  obligations  to pay  advance  minimum  monthly  royalties  pursuant to
     Section 3.1 and 4.1 above.

          4.6  Most Favored Nations Pricing. In the event Licensor enters into a
     written  agreement  to license any of the  Technology  with  respect to any
     Product pursuant to a grant  substantially the same as the grant in Section
     1.1(b) above, but with a royalty rate with respect to such Product which is
     lower than the royalty  rate for  Products  hereunder  during the period of
     exclusivity  for  Licensed  Devices,  the royalty  rate  hereunder  for any
     Product sold by Licensee which would be covered by the terms and conditions
     of such grant (a  "Comparable  Product")  shall be decreased to the royalty
     rate for such Product under such written agreement with respect to sales of
     such Comparable  Product during the period  commencing with the first month
     with  respect to which  Licensor  is required to pay a royalty on a sale of
     such Product and ending with the month immediately  succeeding the month in
     which the exclusive  License with respect to Licensed  Devices ceases to be
     in effect.

     5.   Cancellation.  After  Tapeout,  but  prior  to  Product  Introduction,
Licensee  shall  have the  right to cancel  this  Agreement  by giving  Licensor
written notice,  received by Licensor during such period, of such  cancellation.
Such  cancellation  shall be effective three months after Licensor receives such
written notice (the  "Cancellation  Date").  In the event Licensee  cancels this
Agreement in this manner, (a) the License shall terminate, and Licensee (subject
to Section 8 hereof)  shall have no right to  develop,  manufacture  or sell any
Licensed  Device  or any  Product  or to use the  FPGA  Architecture  after  the
Cancellation Date, (b) no further Advance Royalties shall be payable by Licensee
hereunder,  (c) Licensee shall have no right to recover any Recoupable Payments,
and (d)  Licensor,  as a condition to the  effectiveness  of such  cancellation,
shall be granted the licenses  described below.  Prior to the Cancellation Date,
and as a condition to its effectiveness,  Licensee shall provide Licensor with a
written  license  (to become  effective  on the  Cancellation  Date),  in a form
reasonably  acceptable to Licensor and Licensee,  granting Licensor a perpetual,
royalty-free,  worldwide,  non-exclusive  license,  for all  uses  and  purposes
(except as noted below),  with a right to sublicense,  to the Joint  Technology,
and Licensee's  object code (for internal use only, with no right to sublicense)
with respect to the FPGA Architecture.  Notwithstanding  any termination of this
Agreement and the License,  the rights and licenses of  Licensee's  sublicensees
shall  survive,  subject to the  continued  payment by Licensee of the royalties
specified in Section 1.3 hereof;  provided,  however,  Licensor shall  cooperate
with  Licensee,  at  Licensee's  request,  and  Licensee  shall  cooperate  with
Licensor,  at Licensor's  request,  to convert any  sublicensee of Licensee to a
direct  licensee  of  Licensor  and the terms of  Licensee's  sublicenses  shall
provide for such conversion.

     6.   Exclusivity of License.  The License with respect to Licensed  Devices
shall be exclusive so long as each of the following  conditions  to  exclusivity
are met by  Licensee.  In the event  any of such  conditions  are not met,  such
license shall become  non-exclusive  at the election of the Licensor,  notice of
which change has been given to Licensee.

          (a)  The following  minimum annual Net Receipts from sales of Licensed
     Devices and Products must be achieved during each of the 12-month  periods,
     described  below,  beginning  with the first  day of the month  immediately
     subsequent to the month in which the [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED] and
     each  subsequent  anniversary of the date of Product  Introduction  occurs;
     provided, however, in the event any of such minimum annual Net Receipts are
     not  achieved  during  any  such  12-month  period,   Licensee  may  retain
     exclusivity with respect to Licensed Devices if it pays Licensor percentage
     royalties  on the  short-fall  from the amount of such  minimum  annual Net
     Receipts in such period,  at the  applicable  exclusive rate in Section 4.2
     above, within 45 days after the end of such period.

                       [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED]

          (b)  The minimum advance royalty payments paid pursuant to Section 4.1
     above (after all  applicable  crediting of  Recoupable  Payments)  shall be
     [CONFIDENTIAL  TREATMENT  REQUESTED]  per  month  ([CONFIDENTIAL  TREATMENT
     REQUESTED] per month, beginning with the [CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED]
     year after Product Introduction).

     7.   Termination for Breach. Either party shall have the right to terminate
this  Agreement in its  entirety in the event of a material  breach by the other
party of any of its obligations hereunder.  In the event a party does materially
breach  any of its  obligations  hereunder,  the  other  party may  effect  such
termination  by giving  the  breaching  party  written  notice of its  intent to
terminate this Agreement,  which notice shall specify, in reasonable detail, the
nature of such  breach.  Such  termination  shall  occur 30 days  following  the
effectiveness of such notice, unless the breaching party cures such breach prior
to the expiration of such 30-day  period;  provided,  however,  that (a) if such
breach is not curable,  such termination  shall occur upon the  effectiveness of
such  notice,  and (b) if such  breach is  curable,  but does not  relate to the
payment of any sum of money or to Section  1.3  above,  is not  capable of being
cured within such 30-day period,  and the breaching party commences  engaging in
all reasonable  efforts to cure it after  receiving such notice and continues to
engage in such efforts until it is cured,  a termination  of the Agreement  with
respect to such breach many not occur unless the  breaching  party fails to cure
such  breach  within  90  days  following  the  effectiveness  of  such  notice.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  in the event  Licensor  gives Licensee  written
notice, claiming that Licensee has failed to pay royalties hereunder on products
sold by Licensee,  and Licensee gives  Licensor  written notice that it does not
believe  that  it is  obligated  to pay  such  royalties  and  the  reasons,  in
reasonable  detail,  for  such  belief,  within  the  30-day  period  after  the
effectiveness  of such notice from Licensor,  such dispute shall be submitted to
arbitration  pursuant to Section 7.18 of Exhibit "A" hereto.  This Agreement may
not be  terminated  during the pendency of such  arbitration  as a result of the
claimed breach to be resolved in such arbitration.

     8.   Sell-Off  Period.  Any Licensed Devices  manufactured  pursuant to the
License prior to the  termination  of this Agreement may be sold pursuant to the
terms and  conditions of this  Agreement  within 18 months from the date of such
termination.

     9.   Sale of  Licensor.  During the period that the License with respect to
Licensed Devices is exclusive,  (a) Licensor shall not solicit a purchase of the
Technology,  all or  substantially  all of its assets or all of its  outstanding
voting securities,  (collectively,  a "Purchase"), and (b) Licensee shall have a
right-of-first-refusal  with respect to any Purchase, as described below. In the
event  Licensor  receives a written  offer with respect to a Purchase that it is
willing to accept,  it shall give Licensee  written notice of the material terms
and conditions of such offer (the "Offer Notice"). Licensee shall have the right
to make such Purchase in the event it (x) gives Licensor  written notice that it
is willing to make such Purchase, on such material terms and conditions,  within
ten days of receiving the Offer Notice,  (y) enters into a definitive  agreement
with respect to such Purchase, which includes such material terms and conditions
and such  other  terms and  conditions  as are  normal  with  respect  to such a
transaction,  within 20 days of receiving such agreement from Licensor,  and (z)
consummates  such  transaction  pursuant  to the  terms and  conditions  of such
agreement.  If Licensee  fails to timely meet any of such  conditions,  Licensor
shall have the right to  consummate  such  Purchase on such  material  terms and
conditions, taken as a whole.

     10.  Confidentiality  of  Agreement.  The  terms  and  conditions  of  this
Agreement shall be deemed to constitute Confidential Information,  as defined in
Section 4 of Exhibit "A" hereto, of each of the parties, and shall be subject to
all of the terms and conditions of such section; provided, however, Licensee may
disclose any such terms and conditions, as permitted by such section or with the
approval of Licensor, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

     11.  Continuation  of  Business.  So long as the  License  with  respect to
Licensed  Devices is exclusive and Licensor does not have the right to terminate
this  Agreement  pursuant  to  Section 7 above,  Licensor  shall not wind up its
affairs,  liquidate or dissolve without Licensee's written consent,  which shall
not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

     12.  Additional  Covenant.  Licensee shall not  unilaterally  terminate its
consulting  relationship  with Ben Ting, Peter Pani or Richard Abraham until the
last to occur of (a) the License with respect to Licensed  Devices ceasing to be
exclusive,  and (b) an aggregate of 267,772  shares of  Licensee's  Common Stock
subject to options granted under the consulting  agreements between Licensee and
Ben Ting,  Peter Pani and Richard  Abraham  having  vested.  Licensee  shall not
unilaterally terminate its employment  relationship with Ben Ting, Peter Pani or
Richard  Abraham  unless and until the License with respect to Licensed  Devices
ceases to be exclusive.

     13.  Other  Terms  and  Conditions.  Exhibit  "A"  attached  hereto,  which
contains additional  definitions,  terms and conditions,  is hereby incorporated
in, and made a part of, this Agreement.

     Each of the parties has caused this  Agreement to be executed and delivered
by its duly authorized representative as of the date first written above.

LICENSOR                                                LICENSEE
BTR, Inc.                                               Actel Corporation
By:  /s/ Richard P. Abraham                             By:  /s/ Jeff Schlageter
Its:  President                                         Its:  Sr. VP Engineering

                                   EXHIBIT "A"

                         ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                              OF LICENSE AGREEMENT

     This  Exhibit "A" contains  additional  definitions,  terms and  conditions
which are an integral part of the License Agreement,  dated as of March 6, 1995,
between BTR Inc. and Actel Corporation (the "Agreement").

     1.   Definitions.  As used in the Agreement, the following terms shall have
the following meanings:

          1.1  "Affiliate"  shall  mean,  as to a party  to the  Agreement,  any
     corporation or other entity directly or indirectly controlling,  controlled
     by, or under common control with such party.

          1.2  "Business  Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday,  Sunday
     or any national holiday in the United States of America or in the states of
     Nevada or California.

          1.3  "Change of Control:  means the occurrence of any of the following
     events:

               (a) Any "person" or "group of persons" (as such terms are used in
          Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
          amended)  is or becomes  the  "beneficial  owner" (as  defined in Rule
          13d-3 under said Act),  directly or  indirectly,  of securities of the
          Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented
          by the Company's then-outstanding voting securities; or

               (b) A  change  in the  composition  of  the  Company's  Board  of
          Directors  occurring  within a  two-year  period  as a result of which
          fewer  than a  majority  of the  directors  are  Incumbent  Directors.
          "Incumbent   Directors"  shall  mean  directors  who  either  (i)  are
          directors of the Company as of the date hereof or (ii) are elected, or
          nominated for election,  to the Board with the affirmative votes of at
          least  a  majority  of the  Incumbent  Directors  at the  time of such
          election  or  nomination  (but shall not include an  individual  whose
          election or nomination  is in connection  with an actual or threatened
          proxy  contest  relating to the election of directors of the Company);
          or

               (c)  The   shareholders  of  the  Company  approve  a  merger  or
          consolidation of the Company with any other corporation,  other than a
          merger or consolidation  that would result in the voting securities of
          the  Company  outstanding  immediately  prior  thereto  continuing  to
          represent (either by remaining  outstanding or by being converted into
          voting  securities of the surviving  entity) at least 50% of the total
          voting power  represented  by the voting  securities of the Company or
          such surviving  entity  outstanding  immediately  after such merger or
          consolidation,  or the  shareholders  of the Company approve a plan of
          complete  liquidation  of the Company or an agreement  for the sale or
          disposition  by  the  Company  of  all  or  substantially  all  of the
          Company's assets.

          1.4  "Contributing  Consultants"  shall mean Ben Ting,  Peter Pani and
     Richard Abraham.

          1.5  "Emulation/Simulation  Device" shall mean a combination of one or
     more  Multichip  Modules  using  the  FPGA   Architecture,   together  with
     supporting  software,  the principal  function of which is as a development
     and/or diagnostic tool.

          1.6  "Field   Programmable   Gate  Array"  or  "FPGA"  shall  mean  an
     integrated circuit comprised,  in whole or in part, of an array of logic or
     analog elements,  interconnects  and programmable  switches,  the principal
     function of which is to perform logic or analog functions.

          1.7  "FPGA Architecture"  shall mean the FPGA architecture  covered by
     claims in US  Patent #  5457410  and  augmented  by US  Patent  Application
     #08/229,923,  all  foreign  counterparts  of such  U.S.  patent  or  patent
     application  (whether or not the foreign  counterparts  claim priority from
     such  U.S.   patent  or  patent   application),   any  and  all  revisions,
     continuations,  divisions, substitutions, reissues, renewals, continuations
     in part, parents,  counterparts and extensions thereof, and all patents and
     patent  applications,  whether  filed in or granted by the United States or
     another country,  claiming,  in whole or in part, the benefit of the filing
     date of such U.S. patent or patent application.

          1.8  "Improvements",  with  respect  to  technology,  know-how  or any
     product,   whether   hardware,   firmware  or  software,   shall  mean  any
     modifications,  alterations  or  improvements  made  thereto by, or for the
     benefit  of,  the owner  thereof  or  licensed  with a right to  sublicense
     (subject to any restrictions which are a part of such right).

          1.9  "Joint  Technology"  shall mean any Technology  developed through
     the joint  efforts of  Licensee  and one or more  Contributing  Consultants
     which is an Improvement to the FPGA Architecture.

          1.10 "License"  shall mean the  License to the  Technology  granted to
     Licensee by Licensor in Section 1.1 of the Agreement.

          1.11 "Licensed Device" shall mean any device,  including an integrated
     circuit,  constituting a Field  Programmable Gate Array or Multichip Module
     designed with, or utilizing,  in whole or in part,  any of the  Technology,
     other than Emulation/ Simulation Devices.

          1.12 "Multichip  Module"  shall  mean  a  device  containing  multiple
     integrated circuits, including one or more FPGAs.

          1.13 "Net Receipts"  shall mean the gross amount  recognized as income
     on Licensee's books (pursuant to generally accepted  accounting  principles
     consistently  applied) in connection  with the sale of a Licensed Device or
     Product,  less deductions for payment of sales,  value added or any similar
     taxes,  and shipping and insurance  charges,  with respect to such Licensed
     Device or Product.

          1.14 "Product"  shall  mean  any  integrated  circuit,  or any  device
     containing  several  integrated  circuits,  designed with or utilizing,  in
     whole or in part, any of the Technology that is not a Licensed Device.

          1.15 "Product  Introduction" shall mean the date on which Licensee has
     sold,  in the  aggregate,  Licensed  Devices  with  respect  to which it is
     entitled to Net Receipts  aggregating in excess of [CONFIDENTIAL  TREATMENT
     REQUESTED].

          1.16 "Product  Families"  shall  mean a series of  products  that have
     different  capacities,  but are based on a common FPGA  architecture  and a
     common process technology.

          1.17 "Tapeout"   shall   mean   the   completion   of   the   physical
     specifications, including without limitation, fractured data ready for mask
     making, of the first integrated circuit using the FPGA Architecture.

          1.18 "Technology" shall mean  the FPGA  Architecture  and any  and all
     know-how  and  engineering  data related to the FPGA  Architecture  and any
     Improvements  thereto, and all related patents,  copyrights,  trade secrets
     and other intellectual or industrial  property rights;  provided,  however,
     Technology shall not include any Improvement  thereto which is developed at
     the specific request of, and pursuant to a written  agreement with, a third
     party that is not an  Affiliate of Licensor  unless  Licensor has a license
     with respect to such Improvement with a right to sublicense (subject to any
     restrictions which are a part of such right).

     2.   Reports, Records, Audits and Inspections

          2.1  Reports.   Licensee   shall   deliver  to  Licensor  as  soon  as
     practicable, but in any event within 60 days following the last day of each
     calendar  quarter  during the term hereof,  a written  report  showing,  in
     reasonable  detail,  sales of Licensed Devices by Licensee in such quarter,
     including,  without limitation,  the Net Receipts  attributable thereto and
     any credits given by Licensee on previous sales.

          2.2  Records. During the term of the Agreement, and for a period of at
     least three years  thereafter,  Licensee  shall  maintain true and complete
     books and  records  related  to all sales of  Licensed  Devices;  provided,
     however,  notwithstanding the foregoing,  Licensee shall not be required to
     maintain  any of such  books and  records  more than ten years  after it is
     first prepared.

          2.3  Audits and Inspections

               (a) During the term of the Agreement and for a period of one year
          thereafter,  Licensor  shall have the right,  at its  expense and upon
          reasonable  notice to  Licensee,  to have  examined by an  independent
          auditor with a national reputation, reasonably acceptable to Licensee,
          Licensee's  books and records in order to  determine or verify the Net
          Receipts and sales of the Licensed  Devices.  Licensor  shall not make
          any such examination more than twice in any calendar year.

               (b) If an error in the  reported  Net  Receipts  or the  reported
          number of Licensed  Devices sold by Licensee is discovered as a result
          of such an  examination  and the reported Net Receipts or the reported
          number of  Licensed  Devices  sold by  Licensee  during the  period(s)
          examined  were in excess of 5% less than the  actual Net  Receipts  or
          number  of  Licensed  Devices  sold by  Licensee,  as the case may be,
          during  such  period(s),  Licensee  (i)  shall  pay all of  Licensor's
          out-of-pocket expenses related to such examination, and (ii) shall pay
          Licensor interest on the amount of such  underpayment,  at the rate of
          12% per annum,  from the date such  amount was due and  payable  until
          such amount is actually paid.

     3.   Protection of Proprietary Information and Rights

          3.1  Third Party  Infringement  and  Misappropriation.  Licensee shall
     give Licensor  prompt notice of any activities or threatened  activities of
     any  third  party of which it  becomes  aware  that  infringe  any  patent,
     copyright or other intellectual or industrial  property right subsisting in
     or related to any of the Technology or that  constitute a  misappropriation
     of trade secrets or act of unfair  competition which may dilute,  damage or
     destroy  rights   subsisting  in  or  related  to  any  of  the  Technology
     (collectively,  the "Infringing Activities").  Licensor shall give Licensee
     prompt  notice of any  Infringing  Activities  of which it becomes aware so
     long as the  license  granted to  Licensee  pursuant  to the  Agreement  is
     exclusive.  Licensor shall have the right, in its sole discretion,  to take
     whatever action,  whether in the nature of legal  proceedings or otherwise,
     it deems  necessary to remedy or prevent  Infringing  Activities.  Licensee
     shall  not be  permitted  to take any  action  to  remedy  or  prevent  any
     Infringing  Activities without Licensor's prior written consent,  which, so
     long as the License with respect to Licensed  Devices is  exclusive,  shall
     not be  unreasonably  withheld or delayed.  In the event Licensee takes any
     such  action,  it shall be obligated to pay all expenses it incurs in doing
     so and shall be entitled to retain all  damages and  reimbursement  of fees
     and expenses it receives as a result of doing so.

          3.2  Third Party Claims

               (a) Each party shall  promptly  notify the other party in writing
          of any legal proceeding  instituted or claim or demand asserted by any
          third party,  of which such party becomes  aware,  with respect to the
          infringement  of  any  patent,  copyright  or  other  intellectual  or
          industrial  property right, or misappropriation of any trade secret or
          act of unfair competition,  which is alleged to result from Licensee's
          use of any of the Technology as licensed under the Agreement (a "Third
          Party Claim").

               (b) In the event of a Third Party  Claim,  Licensor  may elect at
          its own  cost and  expense  to be  represented  by  counsel,  which is
          reasonably  acceptable to Licensee,  and to participate in, or, at its
          option,  take  exclusive  control  of,  the  defense,  negotiation  or
          settlement of such Third Party Claim,  including,  if it so elects, by
          bringing counterclaims, in its own name or in Licensee's name (if such
          counterclaim  may only be  brought  in  Licensee's  name and  Licensor
          obtains Licensee's approval to bring such counterclaim, which approval
          shall not be unreasonably  withheld or delayed), as to the validity of
          any alleged patents,  copyrights,  trade secrets or other intellectual
          or  industrial  property  rights  involved in such Third Party  Claim;
          provided,  however, that Licensor shall not have the right to agree to
          settle such Third Party Claim without Licensee's consent,  which shall
          not be  unreasonably  withheld  or  delayed,  unless (i) the terms and
          conditions of such settlement  require only the payment of money,  and
          do not  require  Licensee to admit any  wrongdoing  or take or refrain
          from taking any action, (ii) the full amount of the settlement is paid
          by  Licensor,  and  (iii)  such  settlement  does not  materially  and
          adversely affect Licensee's  rights under the Agreement.  In the event
          that Licensor elects to take such control, Licensee may participate in
          such defense, negotiation or settlement with counsel of its own choice
          and at its own expense.

               (c) If Licensor elects not to control the defense, negotiation or
          settlement  of any such Third  Party  Claim,  or fails to pursue  such
          defense, negotiation or settlement,  Licensee may defend, negotiate or
          settle such Third Party Claim provided,  however,  that Licensee shall
          not have the right to agree to settle  such Third Party Claim upon the
          License  ceasing to be  exclusive  in any respect  without  Licensor's
          consent,  which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed,  unless
          (i) the terms  and  conditions  of such  settlement  require  only the
          payment of money,  and do not require Licensor to admit any wrongdoing
          or take or refrain from taking any action, (ii) the full amount of the
          settlement  is paid by Licensee,  and (iii) such  settlement  does not
          materially  and  adversely  affect  Licensor's  rights  to  any of the
          Technology.  Licensee  may be  represented  by  counsel  in  any  such
          defense,  negotiation or settlement which is reasonably  acceptable to
          Licensor.

               (d)  Notwithstanding  any  implication  to the  contrary  herein,
          Licensee  shall  make such  modifications  to the design of a Licensed
          Device as may be  reasonably  requested by Licensor in order to reduce
          the  exposure  to  Licensor  or Licensee of any Third Party Claim with
          respect  to  such  Licensed  Device  if  such  modifications  may  not
          reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the costs of
          producing  such  Licensed  Device or the  reasonably  projected  sales
          volume of such Licensed Device.

               (e)  Licensor  shall pay any  reasonable  out-of-pocket  costs or
          expenses  Licensee  incurs  with  respect to any Third  Party Claim if
          Licensee controls the defense, negotiation or settlement of such Third
          Party Claim,  any damages awarded against  Licensee as a result of any
          Third Party Claim, and the amount of any settlement of any Third Party
          Claim (other than a settlement by Licensee  which Licensee is required
          to pay pursuant to subsection  (c)).  Licensor's  obligations  in this
          subsection  (e) with respect to any Third Party Claim are  conditioned
          on the following: (i) Licensor being notified in writing of such Third
          Party  Claim  (provided,  however,  that any  failure to provide  such
          notice  on  a  prompt  basis  shall  not  affect  any  of   Licensor's
          obligations  hereunder  unless such failure  materially  and adversely
          affects its ability to defend such Third Party Claim)  promptly  after
          Licensee  becomes aware of such Third Party Claim; and (ii) should any
          Licensed  Device  become,  or,  in  Licensor's  opinion,  is likely to
          become,  the subject of a Third Party  Claim,  Licensee  shall  permit
          Licensor,  at  Licensor's  option  and  expense,  to  do  one  of  the
          following:  (A) procure for Licensee the right to continuing using the
          Technology  and to make,  use,  offer  to sell  and sell the  Licensed
          Device subject to the Third Party Claim;  or (B) modify the Technology
          so that its use is non-infringing but the Technology continues to have
          the same material benefits with respect to the development process for
          such  Licensed  Device  as it  possessed  prior to such  modification.
          Licensor  shall  have no  obligation  under this  subsection  (e) with
          respect to any Third Party  Claim,  to the extent such Claim  involves
          modifications of the Technology by Licensee.

     4.   Confidential Information

          4.1  Protection  of  Confidential  Information.  Licensor and Licensee
     each  acknowledge  that,  during  the term of the  Agreement,  it will have
     access to  proprietary  or  confidential  information,  including,  without
     limitation,  documents  or other items which have been marked or  otherwise
     identified as  confidential  or proprietary in nature,  of the other party,
     including,  without limitation,  information related to the Technology, the
     Licensed Devices and the business or business  practices of the other party
     related to the Technology or the Licensed Devices. Each party shall use its
     best efforts to protect such proprietary or confidential information of the
     other  party  in the  same  manner  in  which  it  would  protect  its  own
     proprietary or confidential  information,  and shall not use proprietary or
     confidential  information  of the other  party for its own  benefit  or the
     benefit  of any other  person  or  entity,  except  as may be  specifically
     permitted hereunder.

          4.2  Exceptions  to   Confidential   Treatment.   The  obligations  of
     confidentiality  and  non-use  shall  not  apply  to  any  confidential  or
     proprietary information of one party which:

               (a)  was  known  by the  other  party  prior  to the  date of the
          Agreement and not obtained or derived,  directly or  indirectly,  from
          such party or any of its Affiliates;

               (b) is or becomes  public or available  to the general  public or
          generally to the computer or semiconductor  manufacturing industry, or
          generally to any other industry in which the Licensed Devices are used
          or sold, otherwise than through (i) any act or default of a party that
          has an obligation of confidentiality  and non-use with respect to such
          information,   or  (ii)  the  disclosure  of  such   confidential   or
          proprietary  information  by such party,  subject to an  obligation of
          confidentiality and non-use;

               (c) is obtained or derived prior or subsequent to the date of the
          Agreement  from a third party which is lawfully in  possession of such
          information  and  does  not  hold  such  information  subject  to  any
          confidentiality or non-use obligations; or

               (d) is required to be  disclosed  by the other party  pursuant to
          applicable  law,  or  under a  government  or court  order;  provided,
          however, that (i) the obligations of confidentiality and non-use shall
          continue to the fullest extent not in conflict with such law or order,
          and (ii) if and when the other  party is  required  to  disclose  such
          confidential  or proprietary  information  pursuant to any such law or
          order,  such party shall use its best  efforts to obtain a  protective
          order or take such  other  actions as will  prevent  or limit,  to the
          fullest  extent  possible,  public access to, or  disclosure  of, such
          information.

     5.   Indemnification

          5.1  Protection of Parties. Subject to the limitations in this Section
     5, each party agrees to indemnify  and hold the other party  harmless  from
     any and all damages, liabilities, losses, and costs or expenses suffered or
     incurred by the other party arising out of, or resulting  from,  any breach
     of its representations, warranties or covenants in the Agreement.

          5.2  Procedure For Indemnification

               (a) In the event that any legal  proceedings are  instituted,  or
          any claim or demand is  asserted,  by any third  party  which may give
          rise to any damage, liability,  loss, or cost or expense in respect of
          which either party has  indemnified  the other party under Section 5.1
          above, the indemnified party shall give the indemnifying party written
          notice of the institution of such proceeding, or the assertion of such
          claim or demand,  promptly after the  indemnified  party first becomes
          aware thereof; provided,  however, that any failure by the indemnified
          party to give such notice on such prompt basis shall not affect any of
          its rights to indemnification hereunder unless such failure materially
          and adversely affects the ability of the indemnifying  party to defend
          such proceeding.

               (b) The  indemnifying  party shall have the right,  at its option
          and at its own expense,  to be  represented  by counsel of its choice,
          subject to the approval of the indemnified party, which approval shall
          not be  unreasonably  withheld  or  delayed,  and to  defend  against,
          negotiate  with  respect  to,  settle  or  otherwise  deal  with  such
          proceeding,  claim or demand; provided, however, that no settlement of
          such  proceeding,  claim or  demand  shall be made  without  the prior
          written consent of the indemnified  party,  which consent shall not be
          unreasonably  withheld or delayed,  unless,  pursuant to the terms and
          conditions of such settlement, the indemnified party shall be released
          from any liability or other exposure with respect to such  proceeding,
          claim or demand; and provided, further, that the indemnified party may
          participate in any such  proceeding  with counsel of its choice and at
          its own  expense.  In the event,  or to the extent,  the  indemnifying
          party  elects not to, or fails to,  defend such  proceeding,  claim or
          demand and the indemnified party defends against, settles or otherwise
          deals  with  any such  proceeding,  claim or  demand,  any  settlement
          thereof may be made without the consent of the  indemnifying  party if
          it is given  written  notice of the material  terms and  conditions of
          such  settlement  at  least  ten  Business  Days  prior  to a  binding
          agreement with respect to such settlement  being reached.  Each of the
          parties agrees to cooperate  fully with each other in connection  with
          the defense,  negotiation or settlement of any such proceeding,  claim
          or demand.

     6.   Representations and Warranties.

          (a)  Licensor and Licensee each  represents  and warrants to the other
     that:
               
               (i) it is organized,  validly existing and in good standing under
          the laws of the country or state in which it is incorporated;

               (ii)  its  execution  and  delivery  of the  Agreement,  and  the
          performance of its  obligations  under the  Agreement,  have been duly
          authorized by all necessary  corporate  action on its part, and it has
          full corporate power, right and authority to enter into the Agreement,
          to grant the  license it has  granted  thereunder  and to perform  its
          obligations thereunder;

               (iii)  neither the execution and delivery of the Agreement by it,
          nor  the  performance  by it of  any  of  its  obligations  under  the
          Agreement,  violates any  applicable law or regulation of any country,
          state or other  governmental  unit, or its Articles of  Certificate of
          Incorporation or Bylaws or other charter  documents,  or constitutes a
          violation  of,  or  a  breach  or  default  under,  any  agreement  or
          instrument,  or  judgment  or  order  of  any  court  or  governmental
          authority,  to which it is a party  or to  which it is  subject  or to
          which any of the Technology or the Licensed Devices is subject;

               (iv) the  Agreement  is a valid  and  binding  obligation  of it,
          enforceable  against it in accordance  with its terms,  except as such
          enforceability may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy
          or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally; and

               (v) no consent,  approval,  order or authorization of any person,
          entity,  court or  governmental  authority  is required on its part in
          connection  with the  execution  and delivery of the  Agreement or the
          performance by it of its obligations thereunder.

          (b)  Licensor  represents  and warrants to Licensee  that it has title
     to, or a license with a right to sublicense, the Technology, in the form in
     which it is delivered to Licensee,  free and clear of any liens,  claims or
     encumbrances  or  interests  of any third party or any license  which is in
     conflict  with  the  License.  As of the  Effective  Date,  no  part of the
     Technology  has been  licensed to Licensor and Licensor has not granted any
     license with respect to any part of the Technology.

          (c)  Licensor  shall (i) file such patent  applications  covering  the
     FPGA  Architecture  as  may  be  reasonably  requested  by  Licensee,  (ii)
     prosecute  in  good  faith  each  patent  application   covering  the  FPGA
     Architecture,  and (iii)  maintain in force all patents  covering  the FPGA
     Architecture;  provided,  however, upon the License becoming non-exclusive,
     Licensee shall be obligated to reimburse  Licensor for all of its costs and
     expenses   (promptly   after  it  receives   written  notice  of  any  such
     expenditure) incurred in preparing, filing, prosecuting and maintaining any
     patent application which Licensee thereafter requests Licensor to file.

     7.   Miscellaneous

          7.1  Acknowledgments.  Licensee  acknowledges that it has no ownership
     rights,  and will not,  pursuant to the  Agreement,  acquire any  ownership
     rights, in the Technology.  Each party acknowledges that a breach of any of
     its obligations under the Agreement would cause the other party irreparable
     harm and,  in the event  such party  breaches  or  threatens  to breach its
     obligations  under the  Agreement,  the other  party  shall be  entitled to
     injunctive and other appropriate equitable relief.

          7.2  Warranties. LICENSOR HAS GRANTED THE LICENSE ON AN "AS-IS" BASIS.
     EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 6 AND 7.1 ABOVE, LICENSOR MAKES NO WARRANTY
     WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE TECHNOLOGY. LICENSOR MAKES NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES
     WITH RESPECT TO THE TECHNOLOGY,  INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED
     WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

          7.3  Limitation  of  Liability.  NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY
     SPECIAL,  INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL  DAMAGES SUFFERED BY THE OTHER PARTY,
     ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES,  ANY OF ITS  SUBLICENSEES OR ANY THIRD PARTY ARISING
     OUT OF, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE LICENSE OR USE OF THE TECHNOLOGY OR SALE
     OR USE OF ANY  LICENSED  DEVICE.  IN  ADDITION  TO THE  FOREGOING,  NEITHER
     LICENSOR  NOR  LICENSEE  SHALL BE  LIABLE  TO THE  OTHER  FOR ANY  SPECIAL,
     INCIDENTAL  OR  CONSEQUENTIAL  DAMAGES  SUFFERED  BY THE OTHER  PARTY,  ANY
     AFFILIATE OR  SUBLICENSE OF THE OTHER OR ANY THIRD PARTY ARISING OUT OF, OR
     IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT,  THE PERFORMANCE BY EITHER PARTY OF ANY
     OF ITS  OBLIGATIONS  HEREUNDER,  ANY  REPRESENTATION  OR WARRANTY OF EITHER
     PARTY  HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE,  EXCEPT ANY SUCH DAMAGES WHICH ARISE OUT OF,
     OR RESULT FROM, ANY INTENTIONAL  AND KNOWING BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT.  THE
     FOREGOING LIMITATIONS APPLY TO ALL CLAIMS,  INCLUDING,  WITHOUT LIMITATION,
     BREACH OF  CONTRACT,  BREACH OF  WARRANTY,  NEGLIGENCE,  STRICT  LIABILITY,
     MISREPRESENTATION OR OTHER TORTS.

          7.4  Compliance With  Applicable  Law.  Licensee shall comply with all
     applicable  laws and  regulations of any country,  state or government unit
     relating to the use of any of the Technology or the  manufacture or sale of
     Licensed Devices,  including, but not limited to, the Export Administration
     Act and Export Administration  Regulations of the United States of America.
     Licensee  shall  obtain and  maintain in effect all  licenses,  permits and
     authorizations required for the performance of its obligations hereunder.

          7.5  Relationship  of Licensor and Licensee.  Nothing in the Agreement
     shall create a joint venture,  partnership or principal-agent  relationship
     between Licensor and Licensee.

          7.6  Notices. Whenever any matter in the Agreement provides for notice
     or other written  communication  to be given to Licensor or Licensee,  such
     notice shall be given at the address of such party set forth below, or such
     other address as such party shall provide,  in writing, to the other party.
     All notices may be given by being  personally  delivered,  by being sent by
     prepaid air freight,  delivery of which, within one Business Day of receipt
     by the air freight company,  is guaranteed,  or by being sent by facsimile,
     the receipt of which is acknowledged, addressed to the party hereto to whom
     notice is to be given at the  above-described  address.  Each  such  notice
     shall be deemed to be effective upon receipt, if personally delivered,  one
     Business  Day  after  receipt  by  the  airfreight   company,  if  sent  by
     airfreight, and one Business Day after being sent by facsimile.

                If to Licensor:                        If to Licensee:
                   BTR, Inc.                          Actel Corporation
     c/o Corporate Trust Company of Nevada         955 East Arques Avenue
             One East First Street               Sunnyvale, California 94086
               Reno, Nevada 89501                   Attn.: Jeff Schlageter
             Attn.: Richard Abraham                  Fax: (408) 522-8041
              Fax: (415) 948-7652

          7.7  Attorneys' Fees.Should any litigation or arbitration be commenced
     between the parties  hereto  concerning  the  Agreement,  or the rights and
     duties of the parties in relation to the Agreement, the party prevailing in
     such litigation or arbitration shall be entitled, in addition to such other
     relief  as may be  granted,  to a  reasonable  sum for  attorneys'  fees in
     connection  with  such  litigation  or  arbitration,  which  sum  shall  be
     determined by the trier of fact in such  litigation or  arbitration or in a
     separate action brought for that purpose.

          7.8  Assignment. The Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the
     benefit of, the respective legal representatives,  successors and permitted
     assigns of the parties  hereto.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  except as
     otherwise provided herein,  neither party may assign the Agreement,  or any
     of its rights or obligations under the Agreement, without the prior written
     consent  of the  other  party,  which  consent  shall  not be  unreasonably
     withheld  or delayed.  So long as any portion of the License is  exclusive,
     Licensor shall not assign  (directly or indirectly,  by operation of law or
     otherwise) or sell any of the Technology  without the prior written consent
     of Licensee,  which consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld or delayed.
     Any such sale or assignment not permitted  hereunder  shall be deemed to be
     null and void and of no effect.

          7.9  Cumulative  Remedies.  No remedy or election  hereunder  shall be
     deemed  exclusive,  but shall,  wherever  possible,  be cumulative with all
     other remedies at law or in equity.

          7.10 Severability. Should any portion or provision of the Agreement be
     declared  invalid  or  unenforceable  in any  jurisdiction  by a  court  of
     competent  jurisdiction,  then such portion or provision shall be deemed to
     be severable, to the extent invalid or unenforceable, from the Agreement as
     to such  jurisdiction  (but, to the extent permitted by law, not elsewhere)
     and shall not affect the remainder thereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
     (a) such provision of the Agreement shall be interpreted by the parties and
     by any such  court,  to the  extent  possible,  in such a manner  that such
     provision shall be deemed to be valid and  enforceable,  and (b) such court
     shall have the right to make such  modifications  to any  provision of this
     Agreement  as do not  materially  affect the rights or  obligations  of the
     parties  under  the  Agreement  and as may be  necessary  in order for such
     provision to be valid and enforceable.

          7.11 Waiver.  No waiver  of any right or  obligation  of  Licensor  or
     Licensee  under the  Agreement  shall be  effective  unless  in a  writing,
     specifying such waiver,  executed by the party against which such waiver is
     being enforced.  A waiver by either party hereto of any of its rights under
     the  Agreement  on any  occasion  shall not be a bar to the exercise of the
     same right on any subsequent occasion or of any other right at any time.

          7.12 Other Terms.  The terms and provisions set forth in the Agreement
     shall control over any terms and provisions set forth in any purchase order
     or other document or instrument  submitted to Licensor by Licensee,  and no
     such purchase order or other document or instrument or course of conduct or
     trade  practice  may be used to modify,  vary or  supplement  any terms set
     forth  herein  unless  Licensor   expressly   agrees  in  writing  to  such
     modification, variation or supplement.

          7.13 Headings and Titles.  The designation of a title, or a caption or
     a  heading,  for  each  section  of the  Agreement  is for the  purpose  of
     convenience  only and shall not be used to limit,  interpret  or modify the
     provisions of the Agreement.

          7.14 Presumptions.   Because   each  of  the   parties   hereto   have
     participated  in drafting  the  Agreement,  there  shall be no  presumption
     against  any party on the  ground  that  such  party  was  responsible  for
     preparing the Agreement or any part thereof.

          7.15 Amendment or Modification. The Agreement may be amended, altered,
     or modified only by a writing,  specifying  such  amendment,  alteration or
     modification, executed by Licensor and Licensee.

          7.16 Counterparts.  The Agreement may be executed in two counterparts,
     each  of  which  shall  be  deemed  an  original,  but all of  which  shall
     constitute one and the same instrument.

          7.17 Governing Law; Jurisdiction.  This Agreement,  and the rights and
     obligations of the parties hereunder, shall be governed by and construed in
     accordance  with  the laws of the  State of  California.  Any  action  with
     respect to the  Agreement  filed by one party against the other may only be
     brought  in the  Federal  District  Court  for  the  Northern  District  of
     California  or the  Superior  Court of the State of  California  located in
     Santa Clara County.

          7.18 Arbitration.  Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating
     to this  Agreement  or its  breach  shall  be  settled  by  arbitration  in
     accordance   with  the  Commercial   Arbitration   Rules  of  the  American
     Arbitration  Association  then in  effect.  In any  arbitration  hereunder,
     Licensor and Licensee  may agree on the  selection of a single  arbitrator,
     but if they cannot so agree, each such party shall select an arbitrator and
     the two selected arbitrators shall select a third arbitrator. No arbitrator
     may be affiliated, whether directly or indirectly, with any of the parties,
     including,  without  limitation,  as an  employee,  consultant,  partner or
     shareholder.  The  arbitrator(s)  shall  permit  each of the parties to the
     arbitration  to engage in a reasonable  amount of  discovery.  In the event
     either party requests such an arbitration, the arbitration shall be held in
     Santa Clara County,  California. The award by the arbitrator or arbitrators
     shall be final,  and judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any
     court having jurisdiction thereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  neither
     party shall be prevented from seeking injunctive relief, including, without
     limitation,  a temporary restraining order, as contemplated by Section 7.1,
     from the courts specified in Section 7.17.

          7.19 Survival.  Sections  4.2,  4.4,  4.5,  5,  8,  10  and 12 of  the
     Agreement   and  each  section  of  this  Exhibit  "A"  shall  survive  the
     termination or cancellation of the Agreement.

          7.20 Complete  Agreement.   The  Agreement  constitutes  the  complete
     understanding  of the parties  hereto  regarding the subject matter thereof
     and  supersedes  all prior or  contemporaneous  agreements  of the parties,
     whether written or oral, with respect to such subject matter.


                                                                      EXHIBIT 11

                                ACTEL CORPORATION

                     --------------------------------------

                 Statement Re Computation of Per Share Earnings
                    (in thousands, except per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    Year Ended December 31,
                                                                            ----------------------------------------
                                                                                1996          1995          1994
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                         <C>           <C>           <C>         
Primary:

Average common shares outstanding........................................         17,826        17,367        16,995

Net effect of dilutive stock options, warrants, and convertible
   preferred stock - based on the treasury stock method
   using average market price............................................          3,659            --           584
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share.....................         21,485        17,367        17,579
                                                                            ============  ============  ============
Net income (loss)........................................................   $     14,938  $     (1,132) $      7,867
                                                                            ============  ============  ============
Net income (loss) per share..............................................   $       0.70  $     (0.07)  $       0.45
                                                                            ============  ============  ============

Fully diluted:

Average common shares outstanding........................................         17,826        17,367        16,995

Net effect of dilutive stock options, warrants, and convertible
   preferred stock - based on the treasury stock method..................          4,057            --           584
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share.....................         21,883        17,367        17,579
                                                                            ============  ============  ============
Net income (loss)........................................................   $     14,938  $     (1,132) $      7,867
                                                                            ============  ============  ============
Net income (loss) per share..............................................   $       0.68  $     (0.07)  $       0.45
                                                                            ============  ============  ============
</TABLE>


                                ACTEL CORPORATION

                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                      (in thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Year Ended December 31,
                                                --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1996          1995          1994          1993          1992
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>         
Statements of Operations Data:
Net revenues.................................   $    148,779  $    108,516  $     76,007  $     59,598  $     44,049
Costs and expenses:
   Cost of revenues..........................         64,420        52,517        33,349        26,389        19,269
   Research and development..................         23,934        20,560        14,406        10,953         8,868
   Selling, general, and administrative......         38,395        27,364        19,699        16,708        13,567
   Patent litigation settlement (1)..........             --            --            --            --         2,000
   In-process research and development (2)...
                                                          --        16,600            --            --            --
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
         Total costs and expenses............        126,749       117,041        67,454        54,050        43,704
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Income (loss) from operations................         22,030        (8,525)        8,553         5,548           345
Interest expense.............................            (13)          (93)         (232)         (559)         (718)
Interest income and other, net...............          1,068           846           935           569           221
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Income (loss) before taxes...................         23,085        (7,772)        9,256         5,558          (152)
Tax provision (benefit)......................          8,147        (6,640)        1,389           555           148
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Net income (loss)............................   $     14,938  $     (1,132) $      7,867  $      5,003  $       (300)
                                                ============  ============  ============  ============  ============
Net income (loss) per share..................   $       0.70  $     (0.07)  $       0.45  $       0.32  $     (0.11)
                                                ============  ============  ============  ============  ============
Shares used in computing net income (loss)
   per share.................................         21,485        17,367        17,579        15,811         2,740
                                                ============  ============  ============  ============  ============
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            December 31,
                                                --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1996          1995          1994          1993          1992
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
 <S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>         
 Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
 Working capital.............................   $     55,397  $     39,867  $     35,971  $     32,330  $     11,912
 Total assets................................        136,712       107,119        67,855        61,130        29,357
 Long-term obligations (3)...................             --            --            72           926         4,142
 Redeemable convertible preferred stock......         18,147        18,147            --            --        33,359
 Total shareholders' equity (deficit)........         69,357        50,920        49,311        40,223       (20,166)

- -----------------------------------------------------------
<FN>
    (1)   Represents  a  charge  incurred  in the  fourth  quarter  of  1992  in
          connection with the settlement of patent litigation.

    (2)   Represents  a  charge  incurred  in  the  first  quarter  of  1995  in
          connection  with the Company's  acquisition of the field  programmable
          gate array business of Texas Instruments Incorporated.

    (3)   Includes  the  long-term  portion  of  notes  payable,  capital  lease
          obligations, and settlement payable.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Actel Corporation is the world's leading supplier of  antifuse-based  field
programmable gate arrays ("FPGAs") and associated  software  development  tools.
FPGAs are used by  designers of  communication,  computer,  industrial  control,
military/aerospace, and other electronic systems to differentiate their products
and get them to market faster.

Results of Operations

     The following table sets forth certain financial data from the Consolidated
Statements of Operations expressed as a percentage of net revenues:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    Year Ended December 31,
                                                                            ----------------------------------------
                                                                                1996          1995          1994
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                            <C>           <C>           <C>   
Net revenues.............................................................      100.0%        100.0%        100.0%
Cost of revenues.........................................................       43.3          48.4          43.9
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
Gross margin.............................................................       56.7          51.6          56.1
Research and development.................................................       16.1          19.0          19.0
Selling, general, and administrative.....................................       25.8          25.2          25.9
In-process research and development......................................        --           15.3          --
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
Income (loss) from operations............................................       14.8          (7.9)         11.2
Interest and other income, net...........................................        0.7           0.7           1.0
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
Income (loss) before taxes...............................................       15.5          (7.2)         12.2
Tax provision (benefit)..................................................        5.5          (6.2)          1.8
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
Net income (loss)........................................................       10.0%         (1.0)%        10.4%
                                                                            ============  ============  ============
</TABLE>

     Acquisition of TI Antifuse FPGA Business

     On March 31, 1995,  the Company  completed its  acquisition of the antifuse
FPGA business of Texas Instruments  Incorporated  ("TI"), the only second-source
supplier of the Company's  products,  in a  transaction  accounted for using the
purchase method.  As consideration for the business  acquired,  the Company paid
$10.0 million in cash and issued  1,000,000  shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
The Preferred  Stock was valued for purposes of the transaction at $18.9 million
and is convertible  into 2,631,578  shares of Common Stock. The Company expensed
the in-process  research and development  acquired in the transaction,  taking a
pretax charge of $16.6 million  against income in the first quarter of 1995. See
Note 13 of Notes to Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  The Company  allocated
$4.4 million of the purchase price to intangible assets (i.e., the customer base
and goodwill acquired),  which are being amortized over five years. Amortization
expense for the year ended December 31, 1996, was $0.9 million.

     As a result of the acquisition,  the revenues of the business acquired from
TI are included  (beginning with the second quarter of 1995) in the net revenues
of the Company.  The Company  assumed and  subsequently  fulfilled TI's backlog,
which consisted  primarily of lower-margin ACT 1 and ACT 2 products with average
selling prices  generally lower than those charged by the Company for comparable
products.  These  product mix and average  selling price  influences  negatively
affected the Company's gross margin for 1995 and the absence of these influences
positively  affected  the  Company's  gross margin for 1996.  In  addition,  the
Company ceased receiving  royalties  (which had no associated  costs) from TI on
sales  of  FPGAs  following  the  acquisition.  See  Notes 3 and 13 of  Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

     Net Revenues

     Net revenues for fiscal 1996 were $148.8  million,  increasing 37% over net
revenues for fiscal 1995.  This compares with an increase in net revenues of 43%
for fiscal 1995 over fiscal 1994.  The  Company's  acquisition  of TI's antifuse
FPGA business had a negative  influence on net revenues for the first quarter of
1995 and a positive effect on net revenues for subsequent quarters. Accordingly,
the  year-over-year  growth rates in net revenues for both 1996 and 1995 are not
indicative of future results.

     The Company  derives its revenues  primarily from the sale of FPGAs,  which
accounted  for 97% of net revenues for 1996,  compared with 95% for 1995 and 91%
for 1994. The Company also derives revenues from the sale of development systems
and receipt of royalties.

     Net  revenues  from  the  sale of FPGAs  for  1996  increased  41% over net
revenues from the sale of FPGAs for 1995.  This compares with an increase of 50%
in net  revenues  from the sale of FPGAs for 1995 over  1994.  The growth in net
revenues  from the sale of FPGAs for 1996 over 1995 was due  primarily  to a 39%
increase in unit sales coupled with a 7% increase in the overall average selling
price of FPGAs.  The increase in the overall  average selling price of FPGAs for
1996 was due principally to proportionately  greater unit sales of the Company's
newer ACT 3, XL, DX, and RH product  families,  which  generally  command higher
average  selling  prices  than  the  Company's  older  ACT 1 and  ACT 2  product
families.  The growth in net revenues  from the sale of FPGAs for 1995 over 1994
was due primarily to a 67% increase in unit sales, which was offset in part by a
decline of 10% in the overall average selling price of FPGAs. The decline in the
overall  average  selling  price of FPGAs for 1995 was due  principally  to TI's
aggressive second-source pricing in the first quarter of 1995 and the subsequent
fulfillment  by the  Company of TI's  backlog  of  products  with lower  average
selling prices.

     As is typical in the semiconductor  industry, the average selling prices of
the Company's  products  generally  decline over the lives of such products.  To
increase  revenues,  the  Company  seeks to  increase  unit  sales  of  existing
products,  principally  by  reducing  prices,  and to  introduce  and  sell  new
products. No assurance can be given that these efforts will be successful.

     Over the last three fiscal years, sales to distributors have increased as a
percentage of the Company's net revenues.  The Company's principal  distributors
for 1996 were Wyle Electronics Marketing Group and Pioneer-Standard Electronics,
Inc.  in  North  America  and  Arrow  Electronics,  Inc.  and  Zeus  Electronics
(collectively,  "Arrow") worldwide.  The following table sets forth, for each of
the last three years,  the  percentage  of revenues  derived from all  customers
accounting for 10% or more of net revenues in any of such years:

                                            1996          1995          1994
                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Wyle.................................        14%           14%           15%
Arrow................................        14            12             3
Pioneer..............................        11            11            15

Arrow was added as a distributor in June 1994.  The Company  generally does
not recognize revenue on a sale to a distributor  until the distributor  resells
the product to its customer.

     Sales to  customers  outside  the United  States for 1996,  1995,  and 1994
accounted for 33%, 38%, and 32% of net revenues,  respectively.  Of these export
sales, the largest portion was derived from European customers.

     Gross Margin

     Gross  margin for 1996 was 57% of net  revenues,  compared  with 52% of net
revenues  for 1995 and 56% of net revenues for 1994.  The  improvement  in gross
margin for 1996 over 1995 resulted  primarily from the Company's  acquisition of
TI's FPGA business,  which has positively  influenced the Company's net revenues
and overall  average  selling  price.  The Company's  gross margin for 1996 also
benefited  from improved  manufacturing  yields;  the generation of an increased
percentage of net revenues from sales of the Company's  newer product  families,
which command higher margins; and appreciation in the value of the United States
dollar versus the Japanese yen, in which some of the Company's  wafer  purchases
are denominated.

     The  decline  in  gross  margin  for  1995   compared  with  1994  resulted
principally  from  reduced  average  selling  prices,  due  principally  to TI's
aggressive  second-source  pricing before the acquisition and the fulfillment by
the  Company  of TI's  backlog  after  the  acquisition;  increased  costs for a
significant portion of the Company's wafer supplies attributable to depreciation
in the value of the United  States  dollar  versus the Japanese yen; and reduced
royalty revenue following the Company's acquisition of TI's FPGA business.

     The  Company's  gross  margin  for 1994  was  adversely  affected  by stiff
second-source  competition from TI and a sharp drop in royalties,  which have no
associated costs.

     As is  typical in the  semiconductor  industry,  margins  on the  Company's
products  generally  decline  as the  average  selling  prices of such  products
decline.  The  Company  seeks to  offset  margin  erosion  by  selling  a higher
percentage of new products,  which tend to have higher  margins than more mature
products,  and by reducing costs. The Company seeks to reduce costs by improving
wafer yields, negotiating price reductions with suppliers,  increasing the level
and efficiency of its testing and packaging  operations,  achieving economies of
scale by means of higher  production  levels,  and  increasing the number of die
produced per wafer by shrinking the die size of its  products.  No assurance can
be given that these efforts will be successful. The capability of the Company to
shrink  the die  size of its  FPGAs is  dependent  on the  availability  of more
advanced  manufacturing   processes.   Due  to  the  custom  steps  involved  in
manufacturing  antifuse  FPGAs,  the  Company  typically  obtains  access to new
manufacturing  processes later than its competitors using standard manufacturing
processes.

     Research and Development

     Research and development  expenditures for 1996 were $23.9 million,  or 16%
of net revenues,  compared with $20.6 million, or 19% of net revenues,  for 1995
and  $14.4  million,  or 19% of net  revenues,  for  1994.  While  research  and
development   expenditures  for  1996  increased  by  16%  compared  with  1995,
expenditures  declined as a percentage of net revenues due to economies of scale
resulting  from the  expanded  scope of the  Company's  operations.  The Company
currently  intends  to boost the level of its  expenditures  to  accelerate  the
introduction of new products. As a result, research and development expenditures
may increase as a percentage of net revenues.

     The Company's research and development consists of circuit design, software
development,  and  process  technology  activities.  The Company  believes  that
continued  substantial  investment  in research and  development  is critical to
maintaining  a strong  technological  position in the industry  and,  therefore,
expects to continue increasing its research and development expenditures.  Since
the Company's  antifuse FPGAs are manufactured using a customized  process,  the
Company's  research and development  expenditures will probably always be higher
as a percentage of net revenues than that of its major competitors.

     Selling, General, and Administrative

     Selling,  general, and administrative expenses for 1996 were $38.4 million,
or 26% of net revenues, compared with $27.4 million, or 25% of net revenues, for
1995 and $19.7  million,  or 26% of net revenues,  for 1994. The increase in the
rate of selling,  general,  and  administrative  spending for 1996 compared with
1995  resulted  primarily  from  an  increased  level  of  sales  and  marketing
activities in support of new products. The Company currently intends to continue
its heightened level of sales and marketing activity in support of new products.
In addition,  the Company  believes  that its legal  expenses will increase as a
percentage of net  revenues,  principally  because of the  Company's  continuing
litigation  with  QuickLogic  Corporation.  See Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial  Statements.   As  a  result,  selling,  general,  and  administrative
expenditures may continue to increase as a percentage of net revenues.

     In-Process Research and Development

     The $16.6 million pretax charge for in-process research and development for
1995 resulted from a write-off  taken in the first quarter of 1995 in connection
with the Company's acquisition of TI's antifuse FPGA business.  The value of the
in-process research and development was established by an independent  valuation
specialist.

     Tax Provision

     The Company's effective tax rate for 1996 was 35%.  Significant  components
affecting  the  effective  tax rate  include  benefits of federal  research  and
development  credits, and the recognition of certain deferred tax assets subject
to valuation allowances as of December 31, 1995.

     The  Company  recorded  a  credit  for  income  taxes  for  1995 due to the
realization of deferred tax assets previously  subject to valuation  allowances.
The  Company  recorded  additional  deferred  tax assets of  approximately  $3.0
million  related  to the  1995  charge  for  acquired  in-process  research  and
development, the realization of which is dependent upon the generation of future
taxable income.

     For  1994,  the  Company's  provision  for  taxes  was  less  than the U.S.
statutory rate due primarily to the realization of tax net operating  losses and
tax credit carryforwards.

Financial Condition, Liquidity, and Capital Resources

     The Company's total assets were $136.7 million at the end of 1996, compared
with  $107.1  million  at the end of 1995.  The  increase  in total  assets  was
attributable principally to the expanded scope of the Company's operations.  The
following table sets forth certain financial data from the Consolidated  Balance
Sheets expressed as the percentage change from the end of fiscal 1995 to the end
of fiscal 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Percentage Change
                                                                                              From 1995 to 1996
                                                                                          --------------------------
<S>                                                                                                  <C>  
Cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments.....................................              45.9%
Accounts receivable, net...............................................................              65.7
Inventories............................................................................              (3.2)
Property and equipment, net............................................................               1.9
Total assets...........................................................................              27.6
Total current liabilities..............................................................              29.3
Shareholders' equity...................................................................              36.2
</TABLE>

     Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Short-Term Investments

     The Company's cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments were $29.2
million at the end of 1996,  compared with $20.0 million at the end of 1995. The
amount  of  cash,  cash  equivalents,   and  short-term   investments  increased
principally  because of cash  provided by  operations,  including  net income of
$14.9 million for 1996.

     In 1996, the Company made a final payment of approximately $2.9 million for
an equity  interest in Chartered  Semiconductor  Manufacturing  Ltd  ("Chartered
Semiconductor"),   a  semiconductor   manufacturer  located  in  Singapore,  and
purchased an additional equity interest in Chartered Semiconductor,  pursuant to
a contractual right of first refusal, for approximately $0.7 million. See Note 5
of Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  The Company  presently has no
material financial  obligations to its current wafer suppliers.  However,  wafer
manufacturers are increasingly demanding financial support from customers in the
form of equity  investments and advance  purchase price deposits,  which in some
cases are substantial. Should the Company require additional capacity, it may be
required to incur significant expenditures to secure such capacity.

     The Company believes that the availability of adequate financial  resources
is a substantial  competitive factor. To take advantage of opportunities as they
arise, or to withstand  adverse  business  conditions  should they occur, it may
become  prudent or necessary for the Company to raise  additional  capital.  The
Company  intends to  monitor  the  availability  and cost of  potential  capital
resources, including equity, debt, and off-balance sheet financing arrangements,
with a view toward  raising  additional  capital on terms that are acceptable to
the  Company.  No  assurance  can be given that  additional  capital will become
available on acceptable terms.

     Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Company  believes that existing cash,
cash  equivalents,   and  short-term   investments,   together  with  cash  from
operations, will be sufficient to meet its cash requirements for 1997. A portion
of available cash may be used for investment in or acquisition of  complementary
businesses, products, or technologies.

     Accounts Receivable

     The  Company's  net accounts  receivable  were $29.5  million at the end of
1996,  compared with $17.8  million at the end of 1995.  This increase of 66% in
net  accounts  receivable  compares  unfavorably  with the 37%  increase  in net
revenues for 1996 compared with 1995. The Company believes that its net accounts
receivable for 1996 increased  more than net revenues  principally  because of a
greater concentration of shipments at the end of 1996. In addition,  the Company
transitioned  to a new  management  information  system in the fourth quarter of
1996 and experienced  difficulties  in reconciling  data between the old and the
new systems  during the  transition,  which  resulted in some loss of collection
efforts of accounts receivable.

     Inventories

     The Company's  inventories were $26.8 million at the end of 1996,  compared
with $27.7 million at the end of 1995.  Although  inventories  declined in 1996,
they were still  higher  than  desired at the end of 1996.  Since the  Company's
FPGAs are  manufactured  using  customized  steps that are added to the standard
manufacturing  processes  of its  independent  wafer  suppliers,  the  Company's
manufacturing  cycle is longer and hence more difficult to adjust in response to
changing demands or delivery  schedules.  The Company believes that it will take
several  more  quarters to bring  inventories  back to a desired  level,  and no
assurance can be given that its efforts will be successful.  Excess  inventories
increase the risk of  obsolescence,  represent a  non-productive  use of capital
resources,  increase  handling  costs,  and delay  realization  of the price and
performance benefits associated with more advanced manufacturing processes.

     Property and Equipment

     The  Company's  net property and  equipment was $16.0 million at the end of
1996,  compared with $15.7 million at the end of 1995. The Company invested $7.8
million in property and equipment in 1996,  compared with $10.1 million in 1995.
Depreciation  and  amortization  of property and equipment were $5.9 million for
1996, compared with $3.8 million for 1995. Capital  expenditures during the past
two years have been primarily for leasehold  improvements  and for  engineering,
manufacturing,  and office  equipment.  The  Company  anticipates  that  capital
expenditures will increase in 1997 due to increased levels of operations.

     Current Liabilities

     The Company's  total current  liabilities  were $49.2 million at the end of
1996,  compared with $38.1  million at the end of 1995.  The increase in current
liabilities  was  attributable  principally  to an increase  of $8.2  million in
deferred  income  on  shipments  to  distributors,  which in turn was due to the
Company's increased level of operations.

     Shareholders' Equity

     Shareholders'  equity was $69.4  million at the end of 1996,  compared with
$50.9  million  at the end of  1995.  The  increase  included  net cash of $17.6
million from operating activities and net proceeds of $3.0 million from the sale
of common stock under employee stock plans.

Employees

     At the end of 1996, the Company had 356 full-time employees,  including 113
in marketing,  sales, and customer support; 122 in research and development;  94
in  operations;  and 27 in  administration  and finance.  This compares with 297
full-time  employees  at the end of 1995,  an increase of 20%.  Net revenues per
employee  was  approximately  $418,000  for 1996,  compared  with  approximately
$365,000 for 1995.

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

     In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Financial
Accounting  Standards No. 123,  "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation" ("FAS
123").  The  Company  has  elected  to account  for  employee  stock  options in
accordance  with  Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion No. 25 and to adopt the
"disclosure  only"  alternative  described  in FAS  123.  See Note 9 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Quarterly Information

     The following table presents certain  unaudited  quarterly results for each
of the eight  quarters in the period ended  December 31, 1996. In the opinion of
management, this information has been presented on the same basis as the audited
consolidated  financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report and
all necessary  adjustments  (consisting only of normal recurring  accruals) have
been  included  in the  amounts  stated  below to present  fairly the  unaudited
quarterly  results  when  read in  conjunction  with  the  audited  consolidated
financial statements of the Company and notes thereto. These quarterly operating
results,  however, are not necessarily  indicative of the results for any future
period.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Three Months Ended
                                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Dec. 31,   Sept. 30,   June 30,   Mar. 31,    Dec. 31,   Sept. 30,   June 30,   Mar. 31,
                                            1996       1996        1996       1996        1995       1995        1995       1995
                                         ---------   --------   ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
                                                                  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                      <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>      
Statements of Operations Data:
Net revenues...........................  $  39,027   $ 38,014   $   36,694  $  35,043  $   32,553  $  29,834  $   26,611  $  19,518
Cost of revenues.......................     16,381     16,164       16,105     15,769      15,234     14,416      13,243      9,624
                                         ---------   --------   ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
Gross profit...........................     22,646     21,850       20,589     19,274      17,319     15,418      13,368      9,894
Research and development...............      5,855      6,417        5,650      6,011       5,802      5,430       4,885      4,443
Selling, general, and administrative...     10,651      9,854        9,582      8,308       7,849      7,244       6,904      5,367
In-process research and development (1)         --         --           --         --          --         --          --     16,600
                                         ---------   --------   ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
Income (loss) from operations..........      6,140      5,579        5,357      4,955       3,668      2,744       1,579    (16,516)
Net income (loss)......................  $   4,153   $  3,905   $    3,606  $   3,277  $    3,878  $   2,935  $    1,683  $  (9,628)
Net income (loss) per share............  $    0.19   $   0.18   $     0.17  $    0.16  $     0.19  $    0.14  $     0.08  $   (0.56)
                                         =========   ========   ==========  =========  ==========  =========  ==========  =========
Shares used in computing net income
  (loss) per share.....................     21,893     21,475       21,467     21,068      20,808     21,082      20,581     17,200
                                         =========   ========   ==========  =========  ==========  =========  ==========  =========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Three Months Ended
                                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Dec. 31,   Sept. 30,   June 30,   Mar. 31,    Dec. 31,   Sept. 30,   June 30,   Mar. 31,
                                            1996       1996        1996       1996        1995       1995        1995       1995
                                         ---------   --------   ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
<S>                                        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>    
As a Percentage of Net Revenues:
Net revenues...........................    100.0%      100.0%     100.0%      100.0%     100.0%      100.0%     100.0%      100.0%
Cost of revenues.......................     42.0        42.5       43.9        45.0       46.8        48.3       49.8        49.3
                                         ---------   --------   ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
Gross margin...........................     58.0        57.5       56.1        55.0       53.2        51.7       50.2        50.7
Research and development...............     15.0        16.9       15.4        17.2       17.8        18.2       18.4        22.8
Selling, general, and administrative...     27.3        25.9       26.1        23.7       24.1        24.3       25.9        27.5
In-process research and development (1)     --          --          --         --          --         --          --         85.0
                                         ---------   --------   ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
Income (loss) from operations..........     15.7        14.7       14.6        14.1       11.3         9.2        5.9       (84.6)
Net income (loss)......................     10.6        10.3        9.8         9.4       11.9         9.8        6.3       (49.3)

- ------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>
    (1)   Represents  a  charge   incurred  in  connection  with  the  Company's
          acquisition of TI's FPGA business.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                ACTEL CORPORATION

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                      (in thousands, except share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 December 31,
                                                                                          --------------------------
                                                                                              1996          1995
                                                                                          ------------  ------------
                                                       ASSETS
<S>                                                                                       <C>           <C>         
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents...........................................................   $      3,543  $     17,691
   Short-term investments..............................................................         25,626         2,296
   Accounts receivable, net............................................................         29,495        17,805
   Inventories.........................................................................         26,848        27,726
   Deferred income taxes...............................................................         16,677        10,304
   Other current assets................................................................          2,416         2,097
                                                                                          ------------  ------------
         Total current assets..........................................................        104,605        77,919
Property and equipment, net............................................................         15,973        15,674
Investment in Chartered Semiconductor..................................................         10,680         7,069
Other assets...........................................................................          5,454         6,457
                                                                                          ------------  ------------
                                                                                          $    136,712  $    107,119
                                                                                          ============  ============
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
<S>                                                                                       <C>           <C>         
Current liabilities:
   Accounts payable....................................................................   $      9,933  $     11,995
   Accrued salaries and employee benefits..............................................          5,967         3,108
   Other accrued liabilities...........................................................          5,922         3,735
   Deferred income.....................................................................         27,386        19,148
   Capital lease obligations...........................................................             --            66
                                                                                          ------------  ------------
         Total current liabilities.....................................................         49,208        38,052

Commitments and contingencies

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series A), $.001 par value, $25.00 liquidation
   preference; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 1,000,000 shares issued and outstanding....         18,147        18,147

Shareholders' equity:
   Preferred stock, $.001 par value; 4,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and
     outstanding.......................................................................             --            --
   Common stock, $.001 par value; 30,000,000 shares authorized; 17,991,503 and
     17,561,758 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 1996 and 1995,
     respectively......................................................................             18            18
   Additional paid-in capital..........................................................         63,133        59,638
   Accumulated earnings (deficit)......................................................          6,206        (8,736)
                                                                                          ------------  ------------
         Total shareholders' equity....................................................         69,357        50,920
                                                                                          ------------  ------------
                                                                                          $    136,712  $    107,119
                                                                                          ============  ============

</TABLE>

                                ACTEL CORPORATION

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                    (in thousands, except per share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    Year Ended December 31,
                                                                            ----------------------------------------
                                                                                1996          1995          1994
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                         <C>           <C>           <C>         
Net revenues.............................................................   $    148,779  $    108,516  $     76,007
Costs and expenses:
   Cost of revenues......................................................         64,420        52,517        33,349
   Research and development..............................................         23,934        20,560        14,406
   Selling, general, and administrative..................................         38,395        27,364        19,699
   In-process research and development...................................             --        16,600            --
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
         Total costs and expenses........................................        126,749       117,041        67,454
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
Income (loss) from operations............................................         22,030        (8,525)        8,553
Interest expense.........................................................            (13)          (93)         (232)
Interest income and other, net...........................................          1,068           846           935
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
Income (loss) before taxes...............................................         23,085        (7,772)        9,256
Tax provision (benefit)..................................................          8,147        (6,640)        1,389
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
Net income (loss)........................................................   $     14,938  $     (1,132) $      7,867
                                                                            ============  ============  ============
Net income (loss) per share..............................................   $       0.70  $     (0.07)  $       0.45
                                                                            ============  ============  ============
Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share.....................         21,485        17,367        17,579
                                                                            ============  ============  ============
</TABLE>

                                ACTEL CORPORATION

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                      (in thousands, except share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Additional       Note      Accumulated       Total
                                                                 Paid-In     Receivable    Earnings/    Shareholders'
                                                Common Stock     Capital    from Officer   (Deficit)       Equity
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                 <C> <C>                     <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>         
Balance at December 31, 1993.................   $         17  $     55,794  $       (113) $    (15,475) $     40,223
Issuance of 306,313 common shares under
   employee stock plans and exercise of
   warrants, net of repurchases..............             --         1,344            --            --         1,344
Repayment of note receivable from officer....             --            --           113            --           113
Securities valuation adjustment..............             --            --            --          (404)         (404)
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options...             --           168            --            --           168
Net income...................................             --            --            --         7,867         7,867
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Balance at December 31, 1994.................             17        57,306            --        (8,012)       49,311
Issuance of 455,393 common shares under
   employee stock plans......................              1         1,894            --            --         1,895
Securities valuation adjustment..............             --            --            --           408           408
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options...             --           438            --            --           438
Net loss.....................................             --            --            --        (1,132)       (1,132)
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Balance at December 31, 1995.................             18        59,638            --        (8,736)       50,920
Issuance of 429,745 common shares under
   employee stock plans......................             --         2,955            --            --         2,955
Securities valuation adjustment..............             --            --            --             4             4
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options...             --           540            --            --           540
Net income...................................             --            --            --        14,938        14,938
                                                ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Balance at December 31, 1996.................   $         18  $     63,133  $         --  $      6,206  $     69,357
                                                ============  ============  ============  ============  ============
</TABLE>

                                ACTEL CORPORATION

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    Year Ended December 31,
                                                                            ----------------------------------------
                                                                                1996          1995          1994
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                         <C>           <C>           <C>         
Operating activities:
   Net income (loss).....................................................   $     14,938  $     (1,132) $      7,867
   Adjustments to reconcile  net income (loss) to net cash provided by
     operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization.......................................          6,755         4,412         3,696
     In-process research and development.................................             --        16,600            --
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
       Accounts receivable...............................................        (11,690)       (4,973)       (3,658)
       Inventories.......................................................            878        (9,095)       (6,139)
       Deferred income taxes.............................................         (6,373)       (9,394)         (583)
       Other current assets..............................................           (319)        2,710           (93)
       Accounts payable and accrued liabilities..........................          5,140         8,058           438
       Deferred income...................................................          8,238        10,802         2,335
       Settlement payable................................................             --            --        (2,000)
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
   Net cash provided by operating activities.............................         17,567        17,988         1,863

Investing activities:
   Purchase of TI FGPA business..........................................             --       (10,000)           --
   Purchases of property and equipment...................................         (7,786)      (10,111)       (5,638)
   Purchases of short-term investments...................................        (49,429)           --       (21,285)
   Sales and maturities of short-term investments........................         26,096        16,761        30,304
   Investment in Chartered Semiconductor.................................         (3,611)       (3,033)       (4,036)
   Other assets..........................................................            126        (2,629)          (10)
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
   Net cash used in investing activities.................................        (34,604)       (9,012)         (665)

Financing activities:
   Sale of common stock, net of repurchases..............................          2,955         1,895         1,383
   Proceeds from line of credit..........................................             --         4,500            --
   Payments on line of credit............................................             --        (4,500)           --
   Repayment of note receivable from officer.............................             --            --           113
   Principal payments under notes payable and capital lease obligations..            (66)         (494)       (1,612)
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
   Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities...................          2,889         1,401          (116)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.....................        (14,148)       10,377         1,082
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year.............................         17,691         7,314         6,232
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year...................................   $      3,543  $     17,691  $      7,314
                                                                            ============  ============  ============
Supplemental  disclosures of cash flows  information and non-cash
   investing and financing activities:
   Cash paid during the year for interest................................   $          2  $         88  $        225
   Cash paid during the year for taxes...................................         12,370         4,593         1,066
Tax benefits from exercise of stock options..............................            540           438           168
Preferred stock issued as partial consideration for the TI FPGA
   Business, net of estimated future issuance costs......................             --        18,147            --
</TABLE>

                               ACTEL CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.    Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

     Actel  Corporation  (the  "Company")  was  incorporated  under  the laws of
California on October 17, 1985. The Company designs, develops, and markets field
programmable  gate arrays ("FPGAs") and associated  development  system software
and programming hardware.  Net revenues from the sale of FPGAs accounted for 97%
of the Company's  net revenues for 1996,  compared with 95% for 1995 and 91% for
1994. FPGAs are logic integrated  circuits,  which adapt the microprocessing and
memory  capabilities  of  electronic  systems  to  specific  applications.   The
Company's  operating  results  are  therefore  subject  to a  variety  of  risks
characteristic  of the  semiconductor  industry,  including booking and shipment
uncertainties,  wafer yield fluctuations,  and price erosion, as well as general
economic  conditions.  FPGAs are used by designers of  communication,  computer,
industrial  control,   military/aerospace,   and  other  electronic  systems  to
differentiate  their products and get them to market faster.  Information on the
Company's sales by geographic area is included in Note 11.

     Advertising and Promotion Costs

     The Company's policy is to expense  advertising and promotion costs as they
are  incurred.   The   Company's   advertising   and  promotion   expenses  were
approximately $3,595,000,  $2,736,000,  and $2,498,000 for 1996, 1995, and 1994,
respectively.

     Basis of Presentation

     The consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts of the Company
and its wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  All significant  intercompany  accounts and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

     The Company's fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to December 31. Fiscal
1996, 1995, and 1994 ended on December 29, 1996,  December 31, 1995, and January
1, 1995, respectively.  For ease of presentation,  December 31 has been utilized
as the fiscal year-end in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying
notes.

     Cash  Equivalents,  Short-Term  Investments,  and Fair  Value of  Financial
Instruments

     For financial statement  purposes,  the Company considers all highly liquid
debt  instruments  purchased  with a  maturity  of  three  months  or less  when
purchased to be cash equivalents.  Short-term  investments consisted principally
of municipal  obligations  in 1996 and  principally  of commercial  paper,  U.S.
government obligations,  and corporate obligations in 1995. Cash equivalents and
short-term  investments are recorded at fair value,  with  unrealized  gains and
losses reported in a separate component of shareholders' equity. Fair values are
estimated  based on quoted market prices or pricing  models using current market
rates.

     The Company enters into foreign exchange  forward  contracts with financial
institutions  primarily to protect against  currency  exchange risks  associated
with certain firmly committed  transactions.  The fair value of foreign exchange
forward  contracts  are based on quoted market  prices.  At December 31, 1996, a
total of approximately  $1,200,000 of foreign  exchange  forward  contracts were
outstanding.  The  difference  between  the fair value and cost of such  foreign
currency exchange forward contracts is not material.  The Company does not hedge
for speculative purposes.

     The  Company  believes  that  the  dividend,  redemption,  and  liquidation
preferences  of its  outstanding  shares of Series A Preferred  Stock (which are
described  in Note 3) have  nominal  value  and,  therefore,  that the shares of
Series A Preferred Stock have a fair value that approximates the market value of
the Common  Stock into which the Series A Preferred  Stock is  convertible.  The
1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding are convertible into an
aggregate of 2,631,578  shares of Common  Stock.  The fair value of the Series A
Preferred  Stock is based  on the  underlying  value  of the  Common  Stock  and
discounted for the voting,  registration,  and  marketability  restrictions.  At
December  31,  1996,  the  fair  value  of the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  was
approximately $49,474,000. See Note 13.

     Concentration of Credit Risk

     Financial   instruments   that   potentially   subject   the   Company   to
concentrations of credit risk consist  principally of cash investments and trade
receivables.  The  Company  invests  in  securities  of A, A1, or P1 grade.  The
Company  manufactures  and  sells  its  products  to  customers  in  diversified
industries.  The Company performs  ongoing credit  evaluations of its customers'
financial condition and generally requires no collateral. Three of the Company's
domestic  distributors  accounted  for  approximately  14%,  14%, and 11% of the
Company's net revenues for 1996. The same three domestic distributors  accounted
in the  aggregate for  approximately  37% of the Company's net revenues for 1995
and 33% for 1994.

     Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

     In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Financial
Accounting  Standards No. 123,  "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation" ("FAS
123").  The  Company  has  elected  to account  for  employee  stock  options in
accordance  with  Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion No. 25 and to adopt the
"disclosure only" alternative described in FAS 123.

     Inventories

     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market
(net  realizable  value).  Given the  volatility of the market for the Company's
products,  the Company makes  inventory  provisions for  potentially  excess and
obsolete inventory based on backlog and forecast demand.  However,  such backlog
demand is subject to revisions,  cancellations, and rescheduling.  Actual demand
will  inevitably  differ  from  such  backlog  and  forecast  demand,  and  such
differences  may be material to the  financial  statements.  Excess  inventories
increase the risk of  obsolescence,  represent a  non-productive  use of capital
resources,  increase  handling  costs,  and delay  realization  of the price and
performance benefits associated with more advanced manufacturing processes.

     Long-Lived Assets

     In the first  quarter of 1996,  the Company  adopted  Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 121,  "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for
Long-Lived  Assets Disposed Of" ("FAS 121"). FAS 121 requires  impairment losses
to be recorded  on  long-lived  assets used in  operations  when  indicators  of
impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated
by those  assets  are less  than  the  assets'  carrying  amounts.  The  Company
evaluates  the net  realizable  value of  long-lived  assets each quarter on the
basis of discounted  cash flows in accordance with FAS 121 and to date has found
no impairment.

     Net Income (Loss) Per Share

     Net income (loss) per share is computed  using the weighted  average number
of common and dilutive  common  equivalent  shares from  redeemable  convertible
preferred  stock  (using the  if-converted  method)  and from stock  options and
warrants  (using the treasury stock  method).  Shares used in computing net loss
per share for 1995 excludes common equivalent shares because the effect of their
inclusion would be  anti-dilutive.  Fully diluted shares have not been presented
as part of the  consolidated  financial  statements  because the  difference  is
insignificant.

     Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

     The Company enters into foreign  exchange  contracts to hedge firm purchase
commitments denominated in foreign currencies. Gains and losses on the contracts
adjust the cost basis in the goods purchased.  At December 31, 1996, the Company
had foreign exchange contracts maturing in January and February 1997 to purchase
Japanese  yen for  approximately  $1,200,000  at an average  rate of 109 yen per
dollar.

     In addition,  the Company had  approximately  $883,000  outstanding under a
standby letter of credit at December 31, 1996.

     Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment are carried at cost less  accumulated  depreciation.
Depreciation and amortization  have been provided on a straight-line  basis over
the following estimated useful lives:

Equipment......................................   2 to 5 years
Furniture and fixtures.........................   3 to 5 years
Leasehold improvements.........................   Estimated useful life or lease
                                                  term, whichever is shorter

     Revenue Recognition

     Revenue from product shipped to customers is generally recorded at the time
of  shipment.   Revenue  related  to  products  shipped  subject  to  customers'
evaluation is recognized upon final  acceptance.  Shipments to distributors  are
made under agreements  allowing certain rights of return and price protection on
unsold merchandise.  For that reason, the Company defers recognition of revenues
and related  cost of revenues  on sales of products to  distributors  until such
products are sold by the distributor. Royalty income is recognized upon the sale
of products subject to royalties.

     Use of Estimates

     The  preparation of the financial  statements in conformity  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the amounts  reported in the financial  statements  and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimated.

2.   Balance Sheet Detail
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 December 31,
                                                                                          --------------------------
                                                                                              1996          1995
                                                                                          ------------  ------------
                                                                                                (in thousands)
<S>                                                                                       <C>           <C>         
Accounts receivable:
    Trade accounts receivable..........................................................   $     30,128  $     18,372
    Allowance for doubtful accounts....................................................           (633)         (567)
                                                                                          ------------  ------------
                                                                                          $     29,495  $     17,805
                                                                                          ============  ============
 Inventories:
    Purchased parts and raw materials..................................................   $      1,792  $      1,357
    Work-in-process....................................................................         17,080        18,326
    Finished goods.....................................................................          7,976         8,043
                                                                                          ------------  ------------
                                                                                          $     26,848  $     27,726
                                                                                          ============  ============
 Property and equipment:
    Equipment..........................................................................   $     27,539  $     25,512
    Furniture and fixtures.............................................................          2,088         1,603
    Leasehold improvements.............................................................          4,210         2,402
                                                                                          ------------  ------------
                                                                                                33,837        29,517
    Accumulated depreciation and amortization..........................................        (17,864)      (13,843)
                                                                                          ------------  ------------
                                                                                          $     15,973   $    15,674
                                                                                          ============  ============
</TABLE>

     Depreciation  expense  was  approximately   $5,879,000,   $3,755,000,   and
$3,696,000 for 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.

3.   Purchase of TI FPGA Business

     On February 12, 1995, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase  Agreement
with Texas  Instruments  Incorporated  ("TI") under which TI agreed to convey to
the Company all tangible and intangible assets and intellectual  property rights
necessary to operate TI's antifuse FPGA business (the "TI FPGA  Business").  The
acquisition was completed on March 31, 1995, in a transaction accounted for as a
purchase.  The Company acquired approximately  $9,100,000 of inventory,  prepaid
research  and  development,  and other  credits  receivable.  The  Company  also
acquired  certain fixed assets used in the TI FPGA Business.  Beginning with the
second quarter of 1995, the Company's net revenues  included the revenues of the
TI FPGA Business, but no longer included royalties from TI.

     As  consideration  for the TI FPGA Business,  the Company  assumed  certain
liabilities,  paid  $10,000,000 in cash, and issued 1,000,000 shares of Series A
Preferred  Stock  (valued  at  approximately  $18,947,000  for  purposes  of the
transaction),  which are convertible  into 2,631,578 shares of Common Stock. See
Note 13.  The total  purchase  price  booked by the  Company  was  approximately
$28,947,000,  of which  approximately  $16,600,000  of  in-process  research and
development  was charged against income in the first quarter of 1995. The amount
was established by an independent valuation specialist.  The remaining amount of
consideration,   approximately  $4,400,000,  represents  the  valuation  of  the
customer base and goodwill acquired,  was allocated to intangible assets, and is
being amortized over a five-year period. Amortization expense for the year ended
December 31, 1996, was $876,000.

     The following  unaudited pro forma results of operations for 1995 are as if
the  acquisition  of the TI FPGA  Business had  occurred as of the  beginning of
1995, and includes  certain  estimated  adjustments,  including  amortization of
intangibles,  lost interest  income,  and  utilization  of prepaid  research and
development.  The pro forma  information  excludes  the  one-time  write-off  of
approximately  $16,600,000  of  in-process  research  and  development  and  tax
benefits.  The pro forma information has been prepared for comparative  purposes
only and does not purport to be indicative of what operating  results would have
been if the  acquisition had actually taken place at the beginning of 1995 or of
future operating results.

                                                                   Year Ended
                                                               December 31, 1995
                                                               -----------------
Net revenues..... ..........................................   $     115,555,000
Net income..................................................          11,039,000
Earnings per share..........................................                0.53

     Foundry Credit

     Under the Asset Purchase  Agreement,  TI agreed to provide the Company with
$5,375,000  of  inventory  and  $6,000,000  of credit  toward  the  purchase  of
additional inventory (the "Foundry Credit").  The Foundry Credit was first to be
applied to any inventory transferred by TI in excess of $5,375,000.  Any balance
was then to be applied as a 10% reduction  against the Company's  future payment
obligations  under the Supply Agreement between the parties dated April 1, 1995,
pursuant to which TI agreed to provide foundry services to the Company for three
years.  After applying the Foundry Credit to the inventory received from TI, the
Company  recorded  approximately  $2,400,000  as "Other  Current  Assets"  to be
applied as a 10% reduction  against the cash due on future  inventory  purchases
under the Supply Agreement.  As of December 31, 1996, the Foundry Credit balance
was approximately $500,000.

     Research and Development Credit

     In connection with the Company's  acquisition of the TI FPGA Business,  the
parties entered into a Development Agreement dated April 1, 1995, under which TI
agreed to perform  certain  development  work for the Company and granted to the
Company a credit (the "R&D  Credit")  to fund the  development  activities.  The
Company estimated that the value of the R&D Credit to the Company at the time of
the acquisition was $1,000,000,  which the Company  recorded as prepaid Research
and Development. As of December 31, 1996, the R&D Credit was zero.

     Rights, Preferences, and Privileges of Series A Preferred Stock

     Currently,  TI is the only holder of Series A Preferred  Stock.  Holders of
Series A Preferred  Stock are entitled to receive,  when, as, and if declared by
the Board of Directors  and subject to the rights of  outstanding  shares of any
other series of Preferred Stock,  non-cumulative  dividends at a rate determined
by the Board,  prior to any payment of dividends to the holders of Common Stock;
provided,  however,  that dividends may be paid on shares of the Common Stock if
dividends shall have been  concurrently paid on all shares of Series A Preferred
Stock in an amount per share equal to the aggregate dividends that would be then
payable in respect of the number of shares of Common Stock into which a share of
Series A Preferred Stock is then  convertible.  The Series A Preferred Stock may
be  converted  into Common  Stock at any time at the option of the holder.  Each
share of Series A  Preferred  Stock may be  converted  into  2.631578  shares of
Common  Stock.  Shares of  Series A  Preferred  Stock  must be  redeemed  by the
Company,  in whole or in part,  at the  election of the holder  thereof,  in the
event of certain  mergers or change in control  transactions  occurring prior to
April  1,  1997,  for $25 per  share  (which  is equal  to  $9.50  per  share of
underlying  Common  Stock) plus any accrued or  declared  and unpaid  dividends.
Holders of Series A Preferred  Stock have a  liquidation  preference  of $25 per
share plus any accrued or  declared  and unpaid  dividends.  In the event of the
liquidation,  dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series A
Preferred  Stock are entitled to receive  such amount  before any payment may be
made to the holders of Common  Stock.  The approval of the holders of a majority
of the Series A Preferred  Stock is required for any  amendment to the Company's
Articles of  Incorporation  or Bylaws that would  adversely  change or alter the
rights,  preferences, or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock, increase or
decrease the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or provide
for the  creation  of any new  class  or  series  of  shares  with  dividend  or
liquidation  rights superior to or on parity with the Series A Preferred  Stock.
On all other matters  submitted for a vote of the  Company's  shareholders,  and
except as  otherwise  required by law,  the holders of Series A Preferred  Stock
shall not be entitled to vote. See Note 13.

4.   Investments

     Management determines the appropriate  classification of debt securities at
the time of purchase and re-evaluates  such designation as of each balance sheet
date.   At  December  31,  1996,   all  debt   securities   are   designated  as
available-for-sale.  Available-for-sale  securities  are  carried at fair value,
with the  unrealized  gains and losses  reported in  shareholders'  equity.  The
amortized cost of debt securities in this category is adjusted for  amortization
of premiums  and  accretion  of discounts  to  maturity.  Such  amortization  is
included in interest and other income. Realized gains and losses and declines in
value judged to be other than  temporary on  available-for-sale  securities  are
included in interest  income and other.  The cost of securities sold is based on
the  specific  identification  method.  Interest  and  dividends  on  securities
classified as available-for-sale are included in interest income and other.

     The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities at December 31,
1996 and 1995:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Gross         Gross
                                                                            Unrealized    Unrealized    Estimated
                                                                 Cost         Gains         Losses     Fair Values
                                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                 (in thousands)
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>         
December 31, 1996
   Municipal obligations included in short-term
     investments and cash equivalents......................  $     25,618  $          8  $         --  $     25,626
                                                             ============  ============  ============  ============
December 31, 1995
   U.S. government obligations.............................  $      8,422  $          5  $         (1) $      8,426
   Commercial paper........................................         3,978            --            --         3,978
   Other...................................................         3,000            --            --         3,000
                                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
   Amounts included in short-term investments and cash
     equivalents...........................................  $          5  $         (1) $     15,404  $     15,400
                                                             ============  ============  ============  ============
</TABLE>

     There were no realized  gains or losses in 1996.  Gross  realized gains and
(losses) were approximately $4,000 and ($8,000), respectively, for 1995.

     The  adjustments  to net  unrealized  gains  and  (losses)  on  investments
included as a separate component of shareholders'  equity totaled  approximately
$4,000 and $408,000 for 1996 and 1995, respectively.

     The expected maturities of the Company's  investments at December 31, 1996,
are shown below.  Expected  maturities  may differ from  contractual  maturities
because the issuers of the securities  may have the right to prepay  obligations
without prepayment penalties.

 Available-for-sale (in thousands):
    Due in one year or less......................................   $      3,921
    Due after one year...........................................         21,705
                                                                    ------------
                                                                    $     25,626
                                                                    ============

5.   Investment in Chartered Semiconductor

     In  February  1994,  the  Company  entered  into  an  agreement  to  invest
approximately   $10,000,000  in  Chartered   Semiconductor   Manufacturing   Ltd
("Chartered Semiconductor"), a semiconductor company located in Singapore. Under
the terms of the  agreement,  the  Company has  acquired  an equity  interest in
Chartered Semiconductor of less than 2%. The investment was payable in Singapore
dollars, with the initial installment of approximately  $2,000,000 paid in March
1994, the second installment of approximately $2,000,000 paid in September 1994,
the third  installment of  approximately  $3,000,000 paid in March 1995, and the
last installment of approximately  $2,900,000 paid in January 1996. In 1996, the
Company  purchased an  additional  equity  interest in Chartered  Semiconductor,
pursuant to a contractual right of first refusal, for approximately $698,000.

6.   Line of Credit

     The Company has a line of credit with a bank that  provides for  borrowings
not to exceed  $10,000,000.  The agreement  contains  covenants that require the
Company to  maintain  certain  financial  ratios and levels of net worth.  As of
December 31, 1996, the Company was in compliance with the covenants for the line
of credit.  Borrowing  against  the line of credit  bear  interest at the bank's
prime rate. There were no borrowings  against the line of credit at December 31,
1996. The line of credit, which expires in May 1997, may be terminated by either
party upon not less than thirty days' prior written notice.

7.   Commitments

     The   Company   leases  its   facilities   and  certain   equipment   under
non-cancellable  lease agreements.  The principal facility lease expires in June
1998, and provides for two consecutive  five-year renewal options. The equipment
leases are accounted for as operating leases.  The lease terms expire at various
dates through  September  2001.  All of these leases  require the Company to pay
property taxes,  insurance,  and maintenance and repair costs.  During 1996, the
Company  satisfied all of its capital lease  obligations.  Assets recorded under
capital leases as of December 31, 1995, were as follows:

Equipment, furniture, and fixtures...............................   $      1,260
Accumulated depreciation and amortization.......................         (1,113)
                                                                    ------------
                                                                    $        147
                                                                    ============

     Future  minimum  lease  payments  under all  non-cancellable  leases are as
follows:

                                                                     Operating
                                                                       Leases
                                                                    ------------
1997.............................................................   $      1,988
1998.............................................................          1,373
1999.............................................................            804
2000.............................................................            682
2001.............................................................            455
                                                                    ------------
Total minimum lease payments.....................................   $      5,302
                                                                    ============

     Rental  expense  under  operating  leases  was  approximately   $1,615,000,
$1,193,000,   and   $967,000   for   1996,   1995,   and   1994,   respectively.

8.   Retirement Plan

     Effective  December 10, 1987,  the Company  adopted a tax deferred  savings
plan for the  benefit of  qualified  employees.  The plan is designed to provide
employees with an accumulation of funds at retirement.  Qualified  employees may
elect each quarter to have salary reduction  contributions made to the plan. The
Company may make  contributions  to the plan at the  discretion  of the Board of
Directors. To date, no contributions have been made by the Company.

9.   Stock-Based Compensation

     The Company has elected to follow  Accounting  Principles Board Opinion No.
25,  "Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to  Employees"  ("APB  25"),  and  related
Interpretations  in  accounting  for its  employee  stock  options  because,  as
discussed below,  the alternative fair value accounting  provided for under FASB
Statement  No. 123,  "Accounting  for Stock  Based  Compensation"  ("FAS  123"),
requires the use of option  valuation  models that were not developed for use in
valuing  employee  stock  options.  Under APB 25, when the exercise price of the
Company's employee stock options equals the market price of the underlying stock
on the date of grant, no compensation is recognized.

     Stock Option Plans

     The Company has  adopted  stock  options  plans  under which  officers  and
employees may be granted either incentive stock options or nonqualified  options
to purchase the  Company's  common  shares.  As of December 31, 1996,  6,497,747
shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under these plans.  On January
5, 1996,  the  Compensation  Committee of the Board of Directors  authorized the
Company to  exchange  stock  options  granted  under  these  plans and having an
exercise  price  greater  than  $10.625  for options  with an exercise  price of
$10.625 (the fair market value of the Company's stock on January 5, 1996). Under
the terms of this stock option repricing,  no portion of any repriced option was
exercisable  until July 5, 1996.  Options  representing  the right to purchase a
total of 1,093,639 shares of common stock were repriced.

     The Company has also  adopted a Directors'  Stock Option Plan,  under which
directors  who are not  employees  of the  Company  may be granted  nonqualified
options to purchase  the  Company's  common  shares.  As of December  31,  1996,
110,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under such plan.

     The Company  grants stock  options  under its plans at a price equal to the
fair  value of the  Company's  common  stock on the date of  grant.  Subject  to
continued service, options generally vest over a period of four years and expire
ten years from the date of grant.

     The following  table  summarizes  the Company's  stock option  activity and
related information for the three years ended December 31, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             1996                        1995                        1994
                                  --------------------------  --------------------------  --------------------------
                                                   Weighted                    Weighted                    Weighted
                                                    Average                     Average                     Average
                                    Number of      Exercise      Number of     Exercise      Number of     Exercise
                                     Shares          Price         Shares        Price         Shares        Price
                                  -------------  -----------  --------------  ----------  --------------  ----------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>               <C>        <C>              <C>        <C>       
Outstanding at January 1.......       2,506,331  $    10.17        1,588,565  $     6.42       1,222,864  $     4.79
Granted........................       2,633,911        14.24       1,315,860       12.96         603,209        8.34
Exercised......................        (204,344)        6.60        (270,365)       2.25        (149,530)       1.32
Cancelled......................      (1,393,062)       12.79        (127,729)       8.99         (87,978)       5.64
                                  -------------  -----------  --------------  ----------  --------------  ----------
Outstanding at December 31.....       3,542,836        12.38       2,506,331       10.17       1,588,565        6.42
                                  =============  ===========  ==============  ==========  ==============  ==========
</TABLE>

     The following table summarizes  information about stock options outstanding
at December 31, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         December 31, 1996
                                                --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Options Outstanding                 Options Exercisable
                                                ----------------------------------------   -------------------------
                                                                 Weighted
                                                                 Average      Weighted                    Weighted
                                                                Remaining     Average                     Average
                                                  Number of      Contract     Exercise      Number of     Exercise
           Range of Exercise Prices                 Shares         Life        Price          Shares       Price
- ---------------------------------------------    -----------   ----------   ------------   -----------  ------------
<C>                                                <C>         <C>          <C>                <C>      <C>         
$    1.80    -  $   7.63.....................        485,160   6.75 years   $       6.06       236,139  $       4.51
     8.00    -     10.50.....................        534,794   7.32                 8.69       190,342          8.61
                   10.63.....................      1,023,910   9.01                10.63       246,687         10.63
    11.75    -     14.88.....................        803,052   9.42                14.51        15,520         14.01
    15.00    -     22.50.....................        695,920   9.40                19.74         3,256         15.80
     1.80    -     22.50.....................      3,542,836   8.61                12.38       691,944          8.09
</TABLE>

The  weighted-average  grant-date  fair value of options granted during 1996 and
1995 were $4.92 and $6.11, respectively.

     Employee Stock Purchase Plan

     The Company has adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESPP"), under
which  eligible  employees  may  designate  not  more  than  10% of  their  cash
compensation to be deducted each pay period for the purchase of common stock (up
to a maximum of $25,000  worth of common stock in any year).  As of December 31,
1996,  900,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the ESPP.
The ESPP is  administered  over offering  periods of up to 24 months each,  with
each offering period divided into four  consecutive  six-month  purchase periods
beginning August 1 and February 1 of each year. On the last business day of each
purchase  period,  shares of common stock are purchased with employees'  payroll
deductions  accumulated  during the six months at a price per share equal to 85%
of the  market  price of the  common  stock on the first  day of the  applicable
offering  period or the last day of the  purchase  period,  whichever  is lower.
There were  225,401 and 185,028  shares  issued under the ESPP in 1996 and 1995,
respectively,  and 346,284  remained  available  for issuance as of December 31,
1996.

     Pro Forma Disclosures

     Pro forma information regarding net income/(loss) and net income/(loss) per
share is  required  by FAS 123,  which also  requires  that the  information  be
determined  as if the Company  has  accounted  for its  employee  stock  options
granted  subsequent to December 31, 1994 under the fair value  method.  The fair
value  for  these  options  was  estimated  at  the  date  of  grant  using  the
Black-Scholes pricing model with the following weighted-average  assumptions for
1996 and 1995,  respectively:  risk-free  interest rates of 5.84% and 6.55%;  no
dividend yield;  volatility factor of the expected market price of the Company's
common stock of 50%; and a weighted average expected life of the options of four
years.

     The  Black-Scholes   option  valuation  model  was  developed  for  use  in
estimating the fair value of traded options,  which have no vesting restrictions
and are fully  transferable.  In addition,  option  valuation models require the
input of highly  subjective  assumptions,  including  the  expected  stock price
volatility.  Because the Company's  employee stock options have  characteristics
significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the
subjective input assumptions can materially  affect the fair value estimate,  in
management's  opinion the existing models do not necessarily  provide a reliable
single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.

     For  purposes of pro forma  disclosures,  the  estimated  fair value of the
options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting period.  The Company's
pro forma information is as follows:

                                                       Year Ended December 31,
                                                     --------------------------
                                                          1996          1995
                                                     ------------  ------------
                                                     (in thousands, except per
                                                            share amounts)

Pro forma net income (loss).......................   $     10,452  $     (2,780)
Pro forma earnings (loss) per share...............           0.50         (0.16)

Because FAS 123 is applicable only to options granted subsequent to December 31,
1994, its pro forma effect will not be fully reflected until  subsequent  years.
The effects on pro forma  disclosures  of applying  FAS 123 are not likely to be
representative of the effects on pro forma disclosures in future years.

10.  Tax Provision (Benefit)

     The tax provision (benefit) consists of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          December 31,
                                                                            ----------------------------------------
                                                                                1996          1995          1994
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                         (in thousands)

<S>                                                                         <C>           <C>           <C>         
Federal - current........................................................   $     12,150  $      4,113  $      1,480
Federal - deferred.......................................................         (5,571)       (8,977)         (910)
State - current..........................................................          2,460         1,149           694
State - deferred.........................................................         (1,089)       (3,044)           --
Foreign - current........................................................            197           119           125
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                            $      8,147  $     (6,640) $      1,389
                                                                            ============  ============  ============
</TABLE>

     The  tax  provision   (benefit)   reconciles  to  the  amount  computed  by
multiplying  income  (loss)  before tax by the U.S.  statutory  rate as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          December 31,
                                                                            ----------------------------------------
                                                                                1996          1995          1994
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                         (in thousands)

<S>                                                                         <C>           <C>           <C>         
Provision (benefit) at statutory rate....................................   $      8,079  $     (2,719) $      3,147
Benefit of operating loss carryforward...................................             --            --        (1,620)
Change in valuation allowance............................................           (432)       (2,396)         (679)
Federal research credits.................................................           (425)         (937)         (300)
State taxes, net of federal benefit......................................            891          (813)          459
Other....................................................................             34           225           382
                                                                            ------------  ------------  ------------
Tax provision (benefit)..................................................   $      8,147  $     (6,640) $      1,389
                                                                            ============  ============  ============
</TABLE>

     Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities
for     federal     and    state     income     taxes     are    as     follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 December 31,
                                                                                          --------------------------
                                                                                              1996          1995
                                                                                          ------------  ------------
                                                                                                (in thousands)
<S>                                                                                       <C>           <C>         
Deferred tax assets:
        Distributor reserve............................................................   $     11,033  $      7,682
        Charge for in-process research expenses........................................          5,962         6,411
        Inventories....................................................................          3,293         1,716
        Other, net.....................................................................          2,453         1,170
                                                                                          ------------  ------------
                                                                                                22,741        16,979
        Valuation allowance............................................................         (3,046)       (3,478)
                                                                                          ------------  ------------
                Net deferred tax assets................................................   $     19,695  $     13,501
                                                                                          ============  ============

Deferred tax liabilities:
        Depreciation...................................................................   $        104  $        570
                                                                                          ------------  ------------
                Net deferred tax liabilities...........................................   $        104  $        570
                                                                                          ============  ============
</TABLE>

The valuation allowance decreased by approximately $2,396,000 during 1995.

11.  Industry and Geographic Information

     The Company operates in a single industry segment.  The Company markets its
products  in the  United  States  and in  foreign  countries  through  its sales
personnel,  independent sales representatives,  and distributors.  The Company's
geographic sales are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Year Ended December 31,
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1996                        1995                        1994
                                  --------------------------  --------------------------  --------------------------
                                                          (in thousands, except percentages)

<S>                               <C>               <C>       <C>               <C>       <C>               <C>
United States..................   $     99,131       67%      $     67,156       62%      $     51,951       68%
Export:
     Europe....................         26,105       18             18,706       17             10,626       14
     Japan.....................         15,340       10             13,238       12              9,070       12
     Other international.......          8,203        5              9,416        9              4,360        6
                                  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                  $    148,779      100%      $    108,516      100%      $     76,007      100%
                                  ============  ============  ============  ============  ============  ============
</TABLE>

12.  Patent Infringement

     In January 1994, the Company brought a patent infringement  lawsuit against
QuickLogic   Corporation   ("QuickLogic"),   which  in  turn  brought  a  patent
infringement  counterclaim  against  the  Company in May 1995.  The  parties are
currently  engaged in  discovery  and motion  proceedings.  Although the Company
believes that it has  meritorious  claims and defenses in this matter,  and that
its  resolution  will not have a  materially  adverse  effect  on the  Company's
business,  financial  position,  or results of  operations,  no assurance can be
given to that effect.

     As is typical  in the  semiconductor  industry,  the  Company  has been and
expects to be from time to time  notified  of claims  that it may be  infringing
patents owned by others.  No assurance can be given that such claims against the
Company will not result in litigation. All litigation, whether or not determined
in favor of the Company,  can result in  significant  expense to the Company and
can divert the efforts of the Company's technical and management  personnel from
productive tasks.

     Although the Company has obtained patents covering  elements of its circuit
architecture and certain techniques for manufacturing its antifuse, no assurance
can be given that the  Company's  patents will be determined to be valid or that
the claims of QuickLogic or any assertions of  infringement by other parties (or
claims for indemnity from customers resulting from any infringement claims) will
not succeed.  In the event of an adverse  ruling in the  QuickLogic  case or any
other  litigation  involving  intellectual  property,  the Company  could suffer
significant  (and possibly  treble)  monetary  damages.  The Company may also be
required to discontinue  the use of certain  processes;  cease the  manufacture,
use, and sale of infringing  products;  expend significant  resources to develop
non-infringing   technology;  or  obtain  licenses  under  patents  that  it  is
infringing.  Any of these outcomes could have a materially adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition, and/or results of operations.

12.  Subsequent Event

     On March 12, 1997, TI converted all of the  outstanding  shares of Series A
Preferred Stock into 2,631,578 shares of Common Stock.


                REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS

ACTEL CORPORATION



     We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of Actel
Corporation  as of  December  31, 1996 and 1995,  and the  related  consolidated
statements of operations,  cash flows, and shareholders'  equity for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1996.  These  financial  statements
are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our  responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in  all  material  respects,   the  consolidated  financial  position  of  Actel
Corporation  at December 31, 1996 and 1995 and the  consolidated  results of its
operations  and its cash flows for each of the three  years in the period  ended
December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                        /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Jose, California
March 14, 1997

                                  STOCK LISTING

     Actel's common stock has been traded on the  over-the-counter  market since
the Company's  initial public offering (IPO) on August 2, 1993, and is quoted on
the NASDAQ National Market System under the symbol "ACTL." The Company has never
paid cash dividends on its common stock and has no present plans to do so.

     On March 12,  1997,  there  were 317  shareholders  of  record.  Since many
shareholders  have their  shares  held of record in the name of their  brokerage
firm, the actual number of  shareholders is estimated by the Company to be about
4,800.

     During the last two years,  the quarterly  high and low sale prices for the
common stock were:

                       1996                                High          Low
- ---------------------------------------------------   ------------  ------------
First Quarter......................................   $     17.125  $      9.00
Second Quarter.....................................         21.875        14.50
Third Quarter......................................         20.25         12.375
Fourth Quarter.....................................         24.625        16.25

                       1997                                High          Low
- ---------------------------------------------------   ------------  ------------
First Quarter......................................   $     13.875  $      8.00
Second Quarter.....................................         14.875        10.125
Third Quarter......................................          21.00        12.375
Fourth Quarter.....................................          18.375       10.25



                                                                      EXHIBIT 23

               CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



We consent to the  incorporation  by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K)
of Actel  Corporation  of our report dated March 14, 1997,  included in the 1996
Annual Report to Shareholders of Actel Corporation.

Our audits also included the financial  statement  schedule of Actel Corporation
listed in Item 14(a).  This  schedule  is the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In
our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered
in relation to the basic financial statements as a whole, presents fairly in all
material respects the information set forth therein.

We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration  Statement
(Form S-8 No. 33-74492)  pertaining to the 1986 Incentive Stock Option Plan, the
1993 Employee Stock Purchase  Plan, and the 1993  Directors'  Stock Option Plan,
and in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-3398) pertaining to the 1986
Incentive Stock Option Plan, the 1993 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and the 1995
Consultant  Stock Plan, of our report dated March 14, 1997,  with respect to the
consolidated  financial  statements  incorporated  herein by reference,  and our
report  included  in the  preceding  paragraph  with  respect  to the  financial
statement  schedule  included  in  this  Annual  Report  (Form  10-K)  of  Actel
Corporation.

                                                  /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Jose, California
March 28, 1997

                                                                      EXHIBIT 24

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL  PERSONS  BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that each  person  whose  signature
appears below hereby  constitutes and appoints John C. East, David M. Sugishita,
and  David  L.  Van De  Hey,  and  each  of  them  acting  individually,  as his
attorney-in-fact,  each with full power of substitution,  for him in any and all
capacities,  to sign any and all  amendments  to this Annual Report on Form 10-K
and to file the same,  with exhibits  thereto and other  documents in connection
therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  hereby  ratifying and
confirming  all  that  each  of said  attorneys-in-fact,  or his  substitute  or
substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
Annual  Report on Form 10-K has been signed  below by the  following  persons on
behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                Signature                                          Title                                Date
- ------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------  ----------------------


<S>                                         <C>                                                    <C> 
              /s/ John C. East              President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal       March 28, 1997
- -----------------------------------------   Executive Officer) and Director
              (John C. East)                


           /s/ David M. Sugishita           Senior Vice President of Finance & Administration      March 28, 1997
- -----------------------------------------   and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial
           (David M. Sugishita)             and Accounting Officer)


            /s/ Keith B. Geeslin            Director                                               March 28, 1997
- -----------------------------------------
            (Keith B. Geeslin)


             /s/ Jos C. Henkens             Director                                               March 28, 1997
- -----------------------------------------
             (Jos C. Henkens)


         /s/ Frederic N. Schwettmann        Director                                               March 28, 1997
- -----------------------------------------
        (Frederic N. Schwettmann)


            /s/ Robert G. Spencer           Director                                               March 28, 1997
- -----------------------------------------
           (Robert G. Spencer)
</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-29-1996
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-1-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-29-1996
<CASH>                                         3,543
<SECURITIES>                                   25,626
<RECEIVABLES>                                  30,917
<ALLOWANCES>                                   1,422
<INVENTORY>                                    26,848
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               104,605
<PP&E>                                         33,837
<DEPRECIATION>                                 17,864
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 136,712
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          49,208
<BONDS>                                        0
<COMMON>                                       63,151
                          0
                                    18,147
<OTHER-SE>                                     6,206
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   136,712
<SALES>                                        148,779
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               148,779
<CGS>                                          64,420
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  126,749
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             1,055
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                23,085
<INCOME-TAX>                                   8,147
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            14,938
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   14,938
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  .70
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  .68
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission